www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

Ridaforolimus

572924-54-0

(1R,2R,4S)-4-[(2R)-2-[(1R,9S,12S,15R,16E,18R,19R,21R,23S,24E,26E,28Z,30S,32S,35R)-1,18-dihydroxy-19,30-dimethoxy-15,17,21,23,29,35-hexamethyl-2,3,10,14,20-pentaoxo-11,36-dioxa-4-azatricyclo[30.3.1.0^4,9]hexatriaconta-16,24,26,28-tetraen-12-yl]propyl]-2-methoxycyclohexyl dimethylphosphinate

Dimethyl-phosphinic Acid C-43 Rapamycin Ester

42-(dimethylphosphinate) Rapamycin

Ridaforolimus (MK-8669; AP23573; formerly Deforolimus)

Merck, under exclusive worldwide license agreement with Ariad Pharmaceuticals

Method of Action: Oral inhibitor of mammalian target of rapamycin inhibitor (mTOR)

Indications/Phase of Trial: Maintenance therapy for metastatic soft-tissue sarcoma and bone sarcomas after at least four chemotherapy cycles (under review after receiving Complete Response letter from FDA in June; NME)

Ridaforolimus is an investigational small-molecule inhibitor of the protein mTOR, a protein that acts as a central regulator of protein synthesis, cell proliferation, cell cycle progression and cell survival, integrating signals from proteins, such as PI3K, AKT and PTEN, known to be important to malignancy.

TARGET- mTOR

Ridaforolimus (also known as AP23573 and MK-8669; formerly known as Deforolimus^[1]) is an investigational targeted and small-molecule inhibitor of the protein mTOR, a protein that acts as a central regulator of protein synthesis, cell proliferation, cell cycle progression and cell survival, integrating signals from proteins, such as PI3K, AKT and PTEN known to be important to malignancy. Blocking mTOR creates a starvation-like effect in cancer cells by interfering with cell growth, division, metabolism, and angiogenesis.

It has had promising results in a clinical trial for advanced soft tissue and bone sarcoma.

RIDAFOROLIMUS

NMR….http://file.selleckchem.com/downloads/nmr/S102201-Deforolimus-HNMR-Selleck.pdf

HPLC .  http://file.selleckchem.com/downloads/hplc/S102201-Deforolimus-HPLC-Selleck.pdf

MSDS..http://www.selleckchem.com/msds/Deforolimus-MSDS.html

Ridaforolimus is being co-developed by Merck and ARIAD Pharmaceuticals. On May 5, 2010, Ariad Pharmaceuticals and Merck & Company announced a clinical development and marketing agreement. With this agreement, Ariad received $125 million in upfront payments from Merck and $53 million in milestone payments. Future payments are triggered upon acceptance of the NDA by the FDA with another payment when the drug receives marketing approval. There are similar milestones for acceptance and approval in both Europe and Japan. Other milestone payments are tied to revenue goals for the drug.^[2] ARIAD has opted to co-promote ridaforolimus in the U.S. Merck plans to submit a New Drug Application (NDA) for ridaforolimus to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and a marketing application in the European Union in 2011.^[3]

Clinical trials

Phase III SUCCEED

On June 6, 2011, Ariad and Merck announced detailed results from the largest randomized study ever in the soft tissue and bone sarcoma population, the Phase III SUCCEED clinical trial. SUCCEED evaluated oral ridaforolimus, in patients with metastatic soft-tissue or bone sarcomas who previously had a favorable response to chemotherapy. In this patient population, ridaforolimus improved progression-free survival (PFS) compared to placebo, the primary endpoint of the study. The complete study results were presented by Sant P. Chawla, M.D., director, Sarcoma Oncology Center, Santa Monica, CA, during the 2011 American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO) annual meeting.
The SUCCEED (Sarcoma Multi-Center Clinical Evaluation of the Efficacy of Ridaforolimus) trial was a randomized (1:1), placebo-controlled, double-blind study of oral ridaforolimus administered at 40 mg/day (five of seven days per week) in patients with metastatic soft-tissue or bone sarcomas who previously had a favorable response to chemotherapy. Oral ridaforolimus was granted a Special Protocol Assessment (SPA) by the FDA for the SUCCEED trial.
Based on 552 progression-free survival (PFS) events in 711 patients, (ridaforolimus (N=347), placebo (N=364) determined by an independent radiological review committee, the study achieved its primary endpoint of improvement in PFS, with a statistically significant (p=0.0001) 28 percent reduction in the risk of progression or death observed in those treated with ridaforolimus compared to placebo (hazard ratio=0.72).

Median PFS was 17.7 weeks for those treated with ridaforolimus compared to 14.6 weeks in the placebo group. Furthermore, based on the full analysis of PFS determined by investigator assessment, there was a statistically significant (p<0.0001) 31 percent reduction by ridaforolimus in the risk of progression or death compared to placebo (hazard ratio=0.69). In the investigator assessment analysis, median PFS was 22.4 weeks for those treated with ridaforolimus compared to 14.7 weeks in the placebo group ^[4

EU WITHDRAWAL IN NOV 2012

Merck, known as MSD outside the U.S. and Canada, announced today that it has formally notified the European Medicines Agency (EMA) of Merck's decision to withdraw the Marketing Authorisation Application (MAA) for ridaforolimus.

The application for Marketing Authorisation for ridaforolimus was accepted by the EMA in August 2011. At the time of the withdrawal it was under review by the Agency’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP). In its letter to the EMA, Merck said that the withdrawal of ridaforolimus was based on the provisional view of the CHMP that the data available to date and provided in the Marketing Authorisation Application were not sufficient to permit licensure of ridaforolimus in the European Union for the maintenance treatment of patients with soft tissue sarcoma or primary malignant bone tumor.

Although the application for these uses was withdrawn, Merck is studying ridaforolimus in combination with other drugs in other tumor types. The withdrawal of the European application of ridaforolimus for the maintenance treatment of patients with soft tissue sarcoma or primary malignant bone tumor does not change Merck’s commitment to the ongoing clinical trials with ridaforolimus.

Ridaforolimus

Description

42-(dimethylphosphinate) Rapamycin (Ridaforolimus) represented by the following formula I:

2. Description of RelatedArt

The mammalian target of Rapamycin (mTOR) is known as a mechanistic target of Rapamycin (H), which is found in the studies of Rapamycin. On the other hand, 42-(dimethylphosphinate) Rapamycin (Ridaforolimus) (I) is a derivative of Rapamycin (II), which is also a kind of mTOR inhibitor. Ridaforolimus (I) can inhibit cell division and possibly lead to tumor cell death. Hence, there are many studies related to solid tumor treatments and blood cancer treatments using Ridaforolimus (I). In addition, in 2011, Merck also applied a certification of this compound against soft tissue and bone cancer.

U.S. Pat. No. 7,091,213 discloses a process for preparing 42-(dimethylphosphinate) Rapamycin (Ridaforolimus) (I), and the process thereof is shown in the following Scheme I.

In this process, a solution of Rapamycin (II) in dichloromethane (DCM) was respectively added with 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylpyridine or 3,5-lutidine as a base, and followed by the addition of a solution of dimethylphosphinic chloride (DMP-Cl) to perform a phosphorylation reaction at 0° C., under a stream of N_2(g). The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (eluted with MeOH/DCM/EtOAc/hexane=1:10:3:3) to provide 42-(dimethyl- phosphinate) Rapamycin (Ridaforolimus) (I), which is a phosphorylated compound at 42-hydroxyl position of Rapamycin (II). In addition, this patent also disclosed a side product of 31,42-bis(dimethyl phosphinate) Rapamycin (III), which is a phosphorylated compound at both 31- hydroxyl position and 42- hydroxyl position of Rapamycin (II).

.......................

SYNTHESIS

US7091213

Some additional transformations of potential interest to the practitioner are shown below, including the preparation of reagents for generating the described C-43 phosphorus-containing rapalogs:

Preparation of Diakyl/diaryl Chlorophoshates

Preparation of Alkyl Halide Phosphonates

Illustrative routes for using the foregoing sorts of reagents to prepare certain rapalogs of this invention are shown below.

The synthesis of compounds of this invention often involves preparation of an activated form of the desired moiety “J”, such as a phosphoryl chloride as shown above (e.g. (R)(RO)P—Cl or RR′P(═O)—Cl, etc), and reaction of that reagent with rapamycin (or the appropriate rapalog) under conditions yielding the desired product, which may then be recovered from residual reactants and any undesired side products. Protecting groups may be chosen, added and removed as appropriate using conventional methods and materials.

Purification of Compounds of the Invention

A variety of materials and methods for purifying rapamycin and various rapalogs have been reported in the scientific and patent literatures and may be adapted to purification of the rapalogs disclosed herein. Flash chromatography using a BIOTAGE prepacked cartridge system has been particularly effective. A typical protocol is disclosed in the Examples which follow.

Physicochemical Characterization of Compounds of the Invention

The identity, purity and chemical/physical properties of the rapalogs may be determined or confirmed using known methods and materials, including HPLC, mass spectral analysis, X ray crystallography and NMR spectroscopy. High resolution 1D ¹H and ³¹P NMR spectra acquired using a typical relaxation delay of 3 seconds have proved useful, as has reverse phase HPLC analysis (analytical column, 3 micron particle size, 120 ansgstrom pore size, thermostatted to 50° C. with a mobile phase of 50% acetonitrile, 5% methanol and 45% water (all % s by volume), for example, in an isocratic elution system, with elution of product and impurity peaks followed by UV detection at 280 nanometers). Normal phase HPLC may also be used, especially to evaluate the level of residual rapamycin or rapalog by-products. The presence of residual solvent, heavy metals, moisture and bioburden may be assessed using conventional methods.

Example 9

Dimethyl-phosphinic Acid C-43 Rapamycin Ester

Dimethyl-phosphinic Acid C-43 Rapamycin Ester

To a cooled (0° C.) solution of rapamycin (0.1 g, 0.109 mmol) in 1.8 mL of dichloromethane was added 0.168 g (0.82 mmol) of 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methyl pyridine, under a stream of N₂, followed immediately by a solution of dimethylphosphinic chloride (0.062 g, 0.547 mmol) in 0.2 mL of dichloromethane. The slightly yellow reaction solution was stirred at 0° C., under an atmosphere of N₂, for 3.5 h (reaction monitored by TLC). The cold (0° C.) reaction solution was diluted with ˜20 mL EtOAc then transferred to a separatory funnel containing EtOAc (150 mL) and saturated NaHCO₃ (100 mL). Upon removing the aqueous layer, the organic layer was washed successively with ice cold 1N HCl (1×100 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (1×100 mL), and brine (1×100 mL), then dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel flash chromatography (eluted with 1:10:3:3 MeOH/DCM/EtOAc/hexane) to provide 0.092 g of a white solid:

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) d 4.18 (m, 1H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 1.51 (m, 6H);
³¹P NMR (121 MHz, CDCl₃) d 53.6; 1013 m/z (M+Na).

Example 9

Alternative Synthesis

Rapamycin and dichloromethane are charged into a nitrogen-purged reaction flask. The stirred solution is cooled to approximately 0° C. (an external temperature of −5±5° C. is maintained throughout the reaction). A solution of dimethylphosphinic chloride (2.0 molar equivalents) in dichloromethane is then added over a period of approximately 8–13 minutes.

This is followed immediately by the addition of a solution of 3,5-lutidine (2.2 molar equivalents) in dichloromethane over a period of approximately 15–20 minutes. Throughout both additions, the internal temperature of the reaction sssstays below 0° C. The cooled reaction solution is stirred for 1 hour and then transferred, while still cold, to an extractor containing saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and methyl-t-butyl ether (MTBE), ethyl acetate or diethyl ether. In-process samples are removed at 30 and 60 minute time points.

Samples are prepared in a similar fashion to that described for the reaction workup. Reaction progress is monitored by TLC (1:10:3:3 MeOH/DCM/EtOAc/hexanes) and reverse-phase HPLC analyses. The isolated organic layer is successively washed with ice cold 1N HCl, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×), saturated aqueous NaCl, and dried over sodium sulfate. Upon filtration and solvent removal, the residue undergoes solvent exchange with acetone followed by concentration in vacuo to provide crude product, which may be analyzed for purity by normal- and reversed-phase HPLC.

.........................

SYNTHESIS

US20140058081

The process of the present invention is shown in the following Scheme II.

EXAMPLE 7

Preparation of 42-(dimethylphosphinate) Rapamycin (Ridaforolimus) (I)

42-(dimethylphosphinate)-31-triethylsilylether Rapamycin (VI-b) (2.312 g, available from 1.945 mmole of Rapamycin -28-triethylsilylether) and tetrahydrofuran (60 mL) was placed into a flask, and the resulting solution was cooled to 0˜−5° C. Next, a sulthric acid solution (2 N, 6 mL) was slowly added into the resulting solution dropwise. When the 42-(dimethylphosphinate)-31-triethylsilylether Rapamycin (VI-b) was less than 2%, ethyl acetate (1000 mL) was added into the resulting solution. Then, the organic layer was successively washed with a NaCl saturated solution (300 mL), a NaHCO₃saturated solution (200 mL) and a NaCl saturated solution (200 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain a crude product of 42-(dimethylphosphinate) Rapamycin (Ridaforolimus) (I) (2.341 g). The crude product was then purified by Licrhoprep RP-18 silica gel chromatography (eluted with acetonitrile: 0.02 M ammonium formate solution=6:4, wherein the pH of the ammonium formate solution was adjusted to 4.0 with formic acid), extracted with ethyl acetate, concentrated and dried to obtain a white foam solid 42-(dimethylphosphinate) Rapamycin (Ridaforolimus) (I) (1.840 g, purity=99.48%). The yield thereof was 95.55% based on 2.0 g of 31-triethylsilyl ether Rapamycin.

¹H-NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃)d 4.18(m, 1H), 4.10(m, 1H), 3.05(m, 1H),1.51(m, 6H); ³¹P-NMR(161 MHz, CDCl₃)d 53.33; 1012.6 m/z [M+Na]⁺.

1.  “ARIAD Reports First Quarter 2009 Development Progress and Financial Results- Ridaforolimus New USAN Name to Replace Deforolimus”. ARIAD Pharmaceuticals. 2009. Retrieved 2009-05-07.
2.  “ARIAD – News release”. Phx.corporate-ir.net. Retrieved 2012-10-07.
3.  “ARIAD – News release”. Phx.corporate-ir.net. 2011-03-17. Retrieved 2012-10-07.
4.  “ARIAD – News release”. Phx.corporate-ir.net. 2011-06-06. Retrieved 2012-10-07.

US8216571	7-11-2012	FULLY HUMAN ANTI-VEGF ANTIBODIES AND METHODS OF USING
US2011262525	10-28-2011	METHODS OF TREATMENT
US2011014117	1-21-2011	ANTI-IGF1R
US2007004767	1-5-2007	Methods for treating neurofibromatosis 1
US2004073024	4-16-2004	Phosphorus-containing compounds and uses thereof

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

Pimecrolimus

137071-32-0 ^cas 

(3S,4R,5S,8R,9E,12S,14S,15R,16S,18R,19R,26aS)- 3-{(E)-2-[(1R,3R,4S)-4-Chloro-3-methoxycyclohexyl]- 1-methylvinyl}-8-ethyl-5,6,8,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,

18,19,24,25,26,26a-hexadecahydro-5,19-dihydroxy- 14,16-dimethoxy-4,10,12, 18-tetramethyl-15,19-epoxy- 3H-pyrido[2,1-c][1,4]oxaazacyclotricosine-1, 7,20,21(4H,23H)-tetrone

The systematic name of pimecrolimus is (lR,9S,12S,13R,14S,17R,18E,21S,23S,24R,25S,27R)-12-[(lE)-2- {(1 R,3R,4S)-4-chloro-3-methoxycyclohexyl} - 1 -methylvinyl] – 17-ethyl- 1,14- dihydroxy-23,25-dimethoxy-13,19,21,27-tetramethyl-ll,28-dioxa-4-aza- tricyclo[22.3.1.0⁴'⁹]octacos-18-ene-2,3,10,16-tetraone.

Pimecrolimus is the 32 epichloro derivative of ascomycin.

Pimecrolimus is an immunomodulating agent used in the treatment of atopic dermatitis (eczema). It is currently available as a topical cream, once marketed by Novartis, (however Galderma will be promoting the molecule in Canada in early 2007) under the trade name Elidel.

NMR…http://file.selleckchem.com/downloads/nmr/S500401-Pimecrolimus-NMR-Selleck.pdf

HPLC…….http://file.selleckchem.com/downloads/hplc/S500401-Pimecrolimus-HPLC-Selleck.pdf

http://file.selleckchem.com/downloads/hplc/S500401-Pimecrolimus-HPLC-Selleck.pdf

Pimecrolimus is an immunomodulating agent used in the treatment of atopic dermatitis (eczema). It is available as a topical cream, once marketed by Novartis (however, Galderma has been promoting the compound in Canada since early 2007) under the trade name Elidel.

Pimecrolimus is an ascomycin macrolactam derivative. It has been shown in vitro that pimecrolimus binds to macrophilin-12(also referred to as FKBP-12) and inhibits calcineurin. Thus pimecrolimus inhibits T-cell activation by inhibiting the synthesis and release of cytokines from T-cells. Pimecrolimus also prevents the release of inflammatory cytokines and mediators from mast cells.

Pimecrolimus is a chemical that is used to treat atopic dermatitis (eczema). Atopic dermatitis is a skin condition characterized by redness, itching, scaling and inflammation of the skin. The cause of atopic dermatitis is not known; however, scientists believe that it may be due to activation of the immune system by various environmental or emotional triggers. Scientists do not know exactly how pimecrolimus reduces the manifestations of atopic dermatitis, but pimecrolimus reduces the action of T-cells and mast cells which are part of the immune system and contribute to responses of the immune system. Pimecrolimus prevents the activation of T-cells by blocking the effects of chemicals (cytokines) released by the body that stimulate T-cells. Pimecrolimus also reduces the ability of mast cells to release chemicals that promote inflammation.

Pimecrolimus, like tacrolimus, belongs to the ascomycin class of macrolactam immunosuppressives, acting by the inhibition of T-cell activation by the calcineurin pathway and inhibition of the release of numerous inflammatory cytokines, thereby preventing the cascade of immune and inflammatory signals.^[1] Pimecrolimus has a similar mode of action to that of tacrolimus but is more selective, with no effect on dendritic (Langerhans) cells.^[2] It has lower permeation through the skin than topical steroids or topical tacrolimus^[3] although they have not been compared with each other for their permeation ability through mucosa. In addition, in contrast with topical steroids, pimecrolimus does not produce skin atrophy.^[4] It has been proven to be effective in various inflammatory skin diseases, e.g., seborrheic dermatitis,^[5] cutaneous lupus erythematosus,^[6]oral lichen planus,^[7] vitiligo,^[8] and psoriasis.^[9][10] Tacrolimus and pimecrolimus are both calcineurin inhibitors and function as immunosuppressants.^[11]

Ascomycin macrolactams belong to a new group of immunosuppressive, immunomodulatory and anti-inflammatory agents and include, e.g., ascomycin (FK520), tacrolimus (FK506) and pimecrolimus (ASM 981). The main biological effect of ascomycin macrolactams appears to be the inhibition of the synthesis of both Th1 and Th2-type cytokines in target cells.

As used herein, the term “ascomycin macrolactam” means ascomycin, a derivative of ascomycin, such as, e.g., tacrolimus and pimecrolimus, or a prodrug or metabolite of ascomycin or a derivative thereof.

Ascomycin, also called immunomycin, is a structurally complex macrolide produced by Streptomyces hygroscopicus. Ascomycin acts by binding to immunophilins, especially macrophilin-12. It appears that ascomycin inhibits the production of Th1 (interferon- and IL-2) and Th2 (IL-4 and IL-10) cytokines. Additionally, ascomycin preferentially inhibits the activation of mast cells, an important cellular component of the atopic response. Ascomycin produces a more selective immunomodulatory effect in that it inhibits the elicitation phase of allergic contact dermatitis but does not impair the primary immune response when administered systemically. The chemical structure of ascomycin is depicted below.

Tacrolimus (FK506) is a synthetic derivatives of ascomycin. As a calcineurin inhibitor, it works through the FK-binding protein and inhibits the dephosphorylation of nuclear factor of activated T cells (NFAT), thereby preventing the transport of the cytoplasmic component of NFAT to the cell nucleus. This leads to transcriptional inhibition of proinflammatory cytokine genes such as, e.g., interleukin 2, which are dependent on the nuclear factor of activated NFAT. The chemical structure of tacrolimus is depicted below.

Pimecrolimus, an ascomycin derivative, is a calcineurin inhibitor that binds with high affinity to the cytosolic receptor macrophilin-12, inhibiting the calcium-dependent phosphatase calcineurin, an enzyme required for the dephosphorylation of the cytosolic form of the nuclear factor of the activated T cell (NF-AT). It thus targets T cell activation and proliferation by blocking the release of both TH1 and TH2 cytokines such as IF-g, IL-2, -4, -5, and -10.3 It also prevents the production of TNF-a and the release of proinflammatory mediators such as histamine, hexosaminidase, and tryptase from activated mast cells.3 It does not have general antiproliferative activity on keratinocytes, endothelial cells, and fibroblasts, and in contrast to corticosteroids, it does not affect the differentiation, maturation, functions, and viability of human dendritic cells. The chemical structure of pimecrolimus is depicted below.

Pimecrolimus is an anti-inflammatory compound derived from the macrolactam natural product ascomycin, produced by certain strains of Streptomyces.

In January 2006, the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) announced that Elidel packaging would be required to carry a black box warning regarding the potential increased risk of lymph node or skin cancer, as for the similar drug tacrolimus. Whereas current practice by UKdermatologists is not to consider this a significant real concern and they are increasingly recommending the use of such new drugs.^[12]

Importantly, although the FDA has approved updated black-box warning for tacrolimus and pimecrolimus, the recent report of the American Academy of Dermatology Association Task Force finds that there is no causal proof that topical immunomodulators cause lymphoma or nonmelanoma skin cancer, and systemic immunosuppression after short-term or intermittent long-term topical application seems an unlikely mechanism.^[13] Another recent review of evidence concluded that postmarketing surveillance shows no evidence for this systemic immunosuppression or increased risk for any malignancy.^[14] However, there are still some strong debates and controversies regarding the exact indications of immunomodulators and their duration of use in the absence of active controlled trials.^[15] Dermatologists’ and Allergists’ professional societies, the American Academy of Dermatology[1], and the American Academy of Allergy, Asthma, and Immunology, have protested the inclusion of the black box warning. The AAAAI states “None of the information provided for the cases of lymphoma associated with the use of topical pimecrolimus or tacrolimus in AD indicate or suggest a causal relationship.”[2].

ELIDEL® (pimecrolimus) Cream 1% contains the compound pimecrolimus, the immunosuppressant 33-epi-chloro-derivative of the macrolactam ascomycin.

Chemically, pimecrolimus is (1R,9S,12S,13R,14S,17R,18E,21S,23S,24R,25S,27R)-12-[(1E)-2{(1R,3R,4S)-4-chloro-3-methoxycyclohexyl}-1-methylvinyl]-17-ethyl-1,14-dihydroxy-23,25 dimethoxy-13,19,21,27-tetramethyl-11,28-dioxa-4-aza-tricyclo[22.3.1.0 4,9]octacos-18-ene2,3,10,16-tetraone.

The compound has the empirical formula C₄₃H₆₈CINO₁₁ and the molecular weight of 810.47. The structural formula is

Pimecrolimus is a white to off-white fine crystalline powder. It is soluble in methanol and ethanol and insoluble in water.

Each gram of ELIDEL Cream 1% contains 10 mg of pimecrolimus in a whitish cream base of benzyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, citric acid, mono- and di-glycerides, oleyl alcohol, propylene glycol, sodium cetostearyl sulphate, sodium hydroxide, stearyl alcohol, triglycerides, and water.

The second representative of the immunosuppressive macrolides for topical application – after tacrolimus (Protopic ®) – has 21 October in the trade. Pimecrolimus is approved for short-term and intermittent long-term treatment for patients aged two years who suffer from mild to moderate atopic dermatitis.

Pimecrolimus is a lipophilic derivative of macrolactam Ascomycin. The macrolides inhibit the production and release of pro-inflammatory cytokines by blocking the phosphatase calcineurin.The anti-inflammatory effect unfolds the drug in the skin. Since he is only minimally absorbed to not measurable, it hardly affects the local or systemic immune response. Therefore, the authorization neither restricts nor a maximum daily dose treatable area or duration of therapy.The cream can also be applied on the face, head and neck, and in skin folds, but not simultaneously with other anti-inflammatory topical agents such as glucocorticoids.

In studies in phases II and III patients aged three months and treated a maximum of one year.In two six-week trials involving 186 infants and young children as well as 403 children and adolescents, the verum symptoms and itching decreased significantly better than the cream base. Already in the first week of itching in 44 percent of children and 70 percent of the infants improved significantly. In adults, pimecrolimus was less effective than 0.1 percent betamethasone 17-valerate.

In the long-term treatment the verum significantly reduced the incidence of flares, revealed two studies with 713 and 251 patients. About a half and one year each about twice as many of the small patients were free of acute disease exacerbations than with the cream base (example: 61 versus 34 per cent of children, 70 versus 33 percent of infants older than six months). Moreover, the use of topical corticosteroids decreased significantly.

In a study of 192 adults with moderate to severe eczema half suffered six months no relapses more (24 percent with placebo). In the long-term therapy pimecrolimus was less effective than 0.1 percent triamcinolone acetonide cream and 1 percent hydrocortisone cream in adults.

The new topicum is-apart from burning and irritation at the application site – relatively well tolerated. It is neither kontaktsensibilisierend still phototoxic or sensitizing and does not cause skin atrophy. As in atopic Ekzen but usually a long-term therapy is necessary studies can reveal long-term adverse effects of the immunosuppressant on the skin only beyond one year.Also available from direct comparative studies between tacrolimus and pimecrolimus. They could help to delineate the importance of the two immunosuppressants.

Pimecrolimus (registry number 137071-32-0; Figure 1) is a macro lide having anti-inflammatory, antiproliferative and immunosuppressive properties. This substance is present as an active ingredient in the Elidel ® drug recently approved in Europe and in the USA for topical treatment of inflammatory conditions of the skin such as atopic dermatitis.

Figure 1: structural formula of pimecrolimus

19^th Ed., vol. π, pg. 1627, spray-drying consists of bringing together a highly dispersed liquid and a sufficient volume of hot air to produce evaporation and drying of the liquid droplets. Spray-drying however is often limited to aqueous solutions unless special expensive safety measures are taken. Also, in spite of the short contact time, certain undesirable physical and chemical characteristics of the emerging solids are in particular cases unavoidable. The turbulence present in a spray-drier as a result of the moving air may alter the product in an undesirable manner. Modifications to the spray-drying technique are disclosed in WO 03/063821 and WO 03/063822. [00012] European Patent EP 427 680 Bl discloses a method of synthesizing amorphous pimecrolimus (Example 66a). The method yields amorphous pimecrolimus as a colorless foamy resin.

U.S. Patent No. US 6,423,722 discloses crystalline forms of pimecrolimus, such as form A, form B, etc. US 722 also contend that by performing example 66a from the European Patent EP 427 680 Bl, amorphous pimecrolimus is obtained.

The preparation of pimecrolimus was described for the first time in the patent application EP427680 on behalf of Sandoz. Used as raw material in such document is ascomycin (compound identified by registry number 11011-38-4), a natural product obtained through fermentation from Streptomyces strains (such as for example Streptomyces hygroscopicus var ascomyceticus, or Streptomyces hygroscopicus tsukubaensis N°9993). Pimecrolimus is obtained from the ascomycin through a sequence of four steps of synthesis (scheme 1)

Scheme 1 : synthesis process described in EP427680

From a structural point of view, pimecrolimus is the 33-epi-chloro derivative of ascomycin. As described in EP427680, the simultaneous presence – in the structure of ascomycin – of two secondary hydroxyl groups in position 24 and in position 33, requires the protection of the hydroxyl in position 24 before substituting the second hydroxyl in position 33 with an atom of chlorine.

In order to obtain the monoprotection of the hydroxyl in position 24 of ascomycin, such synthesis process provides for the preparation of 24,33-disilyl derivative and the subsequent selective removal of the silyl ester in position 33.

The high ratio between the silylating agent and the substrate and the non-complete selectivity of the subsequent step of deprotection requires carrying out two chromatographic purifications on the column of silica gel (Baumann K., Bacher M., Damont A., Hogenauer K., Steck A. Tetrahedron, (2003), 59, 1075-1087). The general yields of such synthesis process are not indicated in literature; an experiment by the applicant revealed that such yields amount to about 16% molar starting from ascomycin.

Other synthesis processes were recently proposed as alternatives to the synthesis of EP427680.

In particular, the International patent application WO2006040111 on behalf of Novartis provides for the direct substitution of the hydroxyl in position 33 of ascomycin with an atom of chlorine and a second alternative, described in the international patent application WO2006060614 on behalf of Teva, uses – as a synthetic intermediate – a sulfonate derivative in position 33 of ascomycin. Both the proposed synthetic alternatives are not entirely satisfactory in that in WO2006040111 the proposed halogenating agents (chlorophosphorane and N- chlorosuccinimide) are not capable, according to the same authors, of regioselectively substituting the hydroxyl function in position 33, while in WO2006060614 the quality characteristics of the obtained product are, even after chromatographic purification and/or crystallisation, low for a product to be used for pharmaceutical purposes (i.e. purity of 96% as described in the experimental part).

Generally, purified enzymatic systems may be used for the organic synthesis of polyfunctional molecules (Wang Y-F, Wong C-H. J Org Chem (1988) 53, 3127- 3129; Santaniello E., Ferraboschi P., Grisenti P., Manzocchi A. Chem. Rev. (1992), 92(5), 1071-140; Ferraboschi P., Casati S., De Grandi S., Grisenti P., Santaniello E. Biocatalysis (1994), 10(1-4), 279-88); WO2006024582). WO2007103348 and WO2005105811 describe the acylation of rapamycin in position 42 in the presence of lipase from Candida antartica.

…………………….

EP2432791A1

Scheme 2: synthesis of pimecrolimus for enzymatic transesterification of ascomycin.

Scheme 3. Synthesis of pimecrolimus for enzyme-catalyzed alcoholysis from 33,24- diacetate of ascomycin

Example 1

Preparation of the 33-acetyl derivative of ascomvcin (compound I of scheme II)

Lipase from Candida antarctica (CAL B, Novozym 435) [0.140 g (2 U/mg)

FLUKA] was added to a solution of ascomycin (100 mg; 0.126 mmol) in toluene (8 ml) and vinyl acetate (4.5 eq; 0.473 g). The reaction is kept under stirring at the temperature of 30° C for 80 hrs then the enzyme is taken away for filtration and the filtrate is concentrated at low pressure to obtain 105 mg of 33-acetyl ascomycin.

A sample of such intermediate was purified for analytical purposes by chromatography on silica gel (n-hexane/acetone = 8/2 v/v as eluents) and thus crystallised by acetone/water.

The following analysis were carried out on such sample: ¹H-NMR (500MHz) δ:

2.10 (CH₃CO), 3.92 and 4.70 (24CH and 33CH); IR (cm-¹): 3484.245, 2935.287,

1735.331, 1649.741, 1450.039,

1372.278; DSC: endotherm at 134.25° C; [α]_D=-74,0° (c=0.5 CHCl₃).

Spectrum of MS (ESI +): m/z: 856.4 (M+23; 100.0%)

Elementary analysis calculated for C₄₅H₇iNO₁₃: C 64.80%; H, 8.58%; N, 1.68%;

O, 24.94%

Elementary analysis found: C 64.78%; H, 8.54%; N, 1.59%; O, 24.89%

Preparation of the 24-tgrt-butyldimethylsilylether-33 -acetyl derivative of ascomvcin (intermediate 24-silyl-33-Oac; compound II of scheme 2)

2,6-lutidine (0.29Og; 2.7 mmolels) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl triflate (0.238g; 0.9 mmoles) are added to a solution of 33-acetyl derivative of ascomycin (150 mg;

0.18 mmoles) in dichloromethane (5ml). The reaction is left under stirring at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. After this period the reaction mixture is washed with a solution saturated with sodium bicarbonate (5 ml) and organic phase obtained is washed in sequence with HCl 0.1N (5 ml 3 times) and with a solution at 30% of NaCl (5ml). The organic phase is anhydrified on sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated to residue under vacuum to obtain 128 mg of product.

Spectrum of MS (ESI +): m/z: 970.5 (M+23; 100.0%)

¹H-NMR (500 MHz) δ: 0.05 and 0.06 ((CHs)₂Si), 0.90 ((CH₃)₃C-Si), 2.10

(CH₃CO), 4.70 (33CH)

IR (cm-’): 3462.948, 2934.450, 1739.236, 1649.937

Elementary analysis calculated for C₅₁H₈₅NOi₃Si: C 64.59%; H, 9.03%; N, 1.48%; O, 21.93%

Elementary analysis found: C 64.50%; H, 9.05%; N, 1.41%; O, 21.88%

DSC= endoderma a 236,43° C. [α]_D=-81,4° (c=0.5 CHCl₃).

Preparation of 24-tert-butyldimethylsilylether of ascomycin (intermediate 24- silyl-33-OH; compound III of scheme 2) n-octan-1-ol (0.035g; 0.265 mmoles) and CAL B (Novozym 435) [0.100 g (2

U/mg) FLUKA] are added to a solution of 24-tert-butyldimethylsilylether-33- acetyl derivative of ascomycin (50 mg; 0.053 mmoles) in tert-butylmethylether (4 ml). The reaction is kept under stirring at the temperature of 40° C for 120 hours.

After this period the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is evaporated to residue under vacuum to obtain a reaction raw product which is purified by chromatography on silica gel: 44 mg of product (0.048 mmoles) are recovered through elution with petroleum ether/acetone 7/3.

The chemical/physical properties of the obtained product match those of a reference sample obtained according to patent EP427680.

Preparation of 24-tert-butyldimethylsilylether-33-epi-chloro ascomycin

(intermediate 24-silyl-33-chloro; compound IV of scheme 2)

A solution of 24-silyl FR520, i.e. 24-silyl ascomycin (165 g; 0.18 moles) in anhydrous toluene (1.4 litres) and pyridine (50 ml) is added to a suspension of dichlorotriphenylphosphorane (99.95g) in anhydrous toluene (1.1 litres), under stirring at ambient temperature (20-25 °C) in inert atmosphere.

After adding, the reaction mixture is heated at the temperature of 60° C for 1 hour.

After this period the temperature of the reaction mixture is taken to 25° C and thus the organic phase is washed in sequence with water (1 time with 1 L) and with an aqueous solution of NaCl at 10% (4 times with 1 L each time), then it is anhydrified on sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to obtain about 250 g of a moist solid of toluene. Such residue product is retaken with n- hexane (500 ml) and then evaporated to dryness (in order to remove the toluene present). The residue product is diluted in n-hexane (500 ml) under stirring at ambient temperature for about 45 minutes and then the undissolved solid taken away for filtration on buckner (it is the sub-product of dichlorophosphorane).

The filtrate is concentrated at low pressure to obtain 148.6 g of a solid which is subsequently purified by chromatography on silica gel (elution with n- heptane/acetone = 9/1) to obtain 123 g (0.13 moles) of product.

The chemical/physical properties of the obtained product match those described in literature (EP427680).

Preparation of the pimecrolimus from 24-fert-butyldimethylsilylether-33-epi- chloro ascomycin

The intermediate 24-silyl-33 chloro (123g; 0.13 Moles; compound IV of scheme

2) is dissolved under stirring at ambient temperature in a dichloromethane/methanol mixture=l/l=v/v (1.1 litres) then p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (10.11 g) is added.

The reaction is kept under stirring at the temperature of 20-25° C for 72 hours, thus a solution of water (600 ml) and sodium bicarbonate (4.46 g) is added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture is kept under stirring at ambient temperature for 10 minutes, the organic phase is then prepared and washed with an aqueous solution at 10% of sodium chloride (600 ml).

The organic phase is anhydrified on sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to obtain 119 g of raw pimecrolimus. Such raw product is purified by chromatography on silica gel (n-hexane/acetone as eluents) and thus crystallised by ethyl acetate, cyclohexane/water to obtain 66 g (81.5 mmoles) of purified pimecrolimus.

The chemical/physical data obtained matches the data indicated in literature.

Example 2

Preparation of ascomvcin 24.33-diacetate (intermediate 24, 33-diacetate; compound V of scheme 3)

DMAP (4.5 eq; 0.136 g) and acetic anhydride (4.5 eq; 0.114 g) are added to a solution of ascomycin (200 mg; 0.25 mmoles) in pyridine (2.5 ml), under stirring at the temperature of 0° C.

The reaction is kept under stirring for 1.5 hours at the temperature of 0° C then it is diluted with water and it is extracted with ethyl acetate (3 times with 5 ml). The organic extracts are washed with HCl 0.5 N (5 times with 10 ml), anhydrified on

Na₂SO₄ concentrated under vacuum.

The residue product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (n- hexane/acetone 8/2 v/v as eluent) to obtain ascomycin 24,32-diacetate (210 mg;

0.24 mmoles).

We carried out the following analysis on such purified sample:

¹H-NMR (500 MHz) δ: 2.02 and 2.06 (2 CH₃CO), 5.20 and 4.70 (24CH and

33CH);

IR (Cm-¹): 3462.749, 2935.824, 1734.403, 1650.739, 1449.091, 1371.079.

DSC: endothermic peak at 234.10° C ; [α]_D=- 100.0° (C=0.5 CHCl₃).

Spectrum of MS (ESI+): m/z: 898.4 (100.0%; m+23)_.

Elementary analysis calculated for C₄₇H₇₃NO₁₄: C 64.44%; H 8.40%; N 1.60%; O

25.57%

Elementary analysis found: C 64.55%; H 8.44%; N 1.61%; O 25.40%

Preparation of the 24-acetyl ascomycin (intermediate 24-acetate-33-OH; compound VI of scheme 3)

Lipase from Candida antartica (CAL B Novozym 435) [1.1 g (2 U/mg) FLUKA] is added to a solution of ascomycin 33,24-diacetate (500 mg; 0.57 mmol) in

TBDME (25 ml) and n-octan-1-ol (4.5 eq; 0.371 g). The reaction is kept under stirring at 30° C for 100 hours, then the enzyme is taken away for filtration and the obtained filtrate is concentrated under low pressure to obtain 425 mg (0.51 mmoles) of product.

A sample was purified for analytical purposes by chromatography on silica gel (n- hexane/acetone = 7:3 v/v as eluents) and thus crystallised by acetone/water.

We carried out the following analysis on such purified sample: ¹H-NMR

(500MHz) δ: 2.05 (CH3CO); IR (an ¹): 3491.528, 2935.860, 1744.728, 1710.227,

1652.310, 1448.662, 1371.335. DSC: endothermic peak at 134.68° C; [α]_D=-

102.7° (c=0.5 CHCl₃)

Spectrum of MS (ESI +): m/z: 856.4 (M+23; 100.0%)

Elementary analysis calculated for C₄₅H₇₁NO₁₃: C 64.80%; H, 8.58%; N, 1.68%;

0, 24.94%

Elementary analysis found: C 64.71%; H, 8.49%; N, 1.60%; O, 24.97%

Preparation of the 24-acetyl-33epi-chloro ascomycin (intermediate 24-Acetate-33- chloro; compound VII of scheme 3) Supported triphenylphosphine (0.335 g; 1.1 mmoles) is added to a solution of 24- acetyl ascomycin (400 mg; 0.48 mmoles) in carbon tetrachloride (5 ml). The reaction mixture is kept under reflux for 3 hours then it is cooled at ambient temperature. The obtained suspension is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated to residue under vacuum to obtain 0.45g of reaction raw product which is purified by chromatography on silica gel: 163mg (0.19 mmoles) of product are obtained by elution with petroleum ether/acetone = 90/10.

¹H-NMR δ: 2.08 (CH₃CO); 4.60 (33CH); IR (Cm^“1)= 3464.941, 2934.360,

1738.993, 1650.366, 1450.424, 1371.557; DSC: endothermic peak at 231.67° C

[α]_D=-75.2° (c=0.5 CHCl₃)

Spectrum of MS (ESI +): m/z: 874.3 (M+23; 100.0%)

Elementary analysis calculated for C₄₅H₇₀ClNO₁₂: C 63.40%; H, 8.28%; Cl,

4.16%; N, 1.64%; O, 22.52%

Elementary analysis found: C 63.31%; H, 8.30%; Cl, 4.05%; N, 1.58%; O,

22.42%.

Preparation of pimecrolimus from 24-acetyl-33-epi-chloro ascomycin

A solution of 24-acetyl-33-epi-chloro ascomycin (200 mg; 0.23 mmoles; compound VII) in methanol (2 ml) and HCl 3N (1 ml) is stirred at ambient temperature for 40 hours. After this period, the reaction is neutralised with an aqueous bicarbonate solution, the methanol evaporated under vacuum. The mixture is extracted with dichloromethane (3 times with 5 ml), anhydrified on sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated to residue to obtain a residue product which is purified by chromatography on silica gel (n-hexane/acetone as eluents) and thus crystallised by ethyl acetate, cyclohexane/water to obtain 78 mg of purified pimecrolimus (0.096 mmoles).

The chemical/physical characteristics of the obtained product matches the data indicated in literature for pimecrolimus.

Example 4 (comparative^*)

Verification of the method of synthesis of pimecrolimus described in EP427680 Imidazole (508 mg) and tert-Butyldimethylsilylchloride (1.125 g) are added in portions to a solution of 2g (2.53 mmoles) of ascomycin in anhydrous N,N- dimethylformamide (40 ml). The reaction mixture is kept under stirring at ambient temperature for 4.5 days. The reaction is thus processed diluting it with ethyl acetate (200 ml) and processing it using water (5 x 100 ml). The organic phase is separated, anhydrified on sodium sulphate, filtered and evaporated to residue under vacuum to obtain a foamy raw product which is subsequently purified by chromatography on silica gel (1:30 p/p): 2.1 g (2.05 mmoles; yields 81% molars) of ascomycin 24,33 disilyl intermediate are obtained by elution with n- hexane/ethyl acetate 3/1. The chemical/physical data of such intermediate matches that indicated in EP427680.

2.1 g (2.05 mmoles) of ascomycin 24,33 disilyl intermediate are dissolved in a solution under stirring at the temperature of 0°C composed of acetonitrile (42 ml) and aqueous HF 40% (23.1 ml). The reaction mixture is kept under stirring at the temperature of 0°C for 2 hours then it is diluted with dichloromethane (30 ml). Then the reaction is washed in sequence with a saturated aqueous solution using sodium bicarbonate (30 ml) and water (30 ml). The separated organic phase is anhydrified on sodium sulphate, filtered and evaporated to residue under vacuum to obtain a foamy residue which is subsequently purified by chromatography on silica gel (1:30 p/p): 839 mg (0.92 mmoles; yields 45% molars) of ascomycin 24 monosilyl intermediate are obtained by elution with dichloromethane/methanol 9/1. The chemical/physical data of such intermediate matches that obtained on the compound III scheme 2 and matches the data of literature indicated in EP427680. A mixture of 839 mg (0.92 mmoles; yields 45% molars) of ascomycin 24 monosilyl intermediate, triphenylphosphine (337 mg) in carbon tetrachloride (36.4 ml) is heated under stirring under reflux for 15 hours. After this period the reaction mixture is evaporated to residue under vacuum to obtain a solid product purified by chromatography on silica gel (1:30 p/p): 535 mg (0.57 mmoles; yields 63% molars) of ascomycin 24 monosilyl intermediate, 33-chloro derivative are obtained by elution with n-hexane/ethyl acetate 2/1. The chemical/physical data of such intermediate matches those we obtained on compound IV scheme 2 and matches the data of literature indicated in EP427680.

535 mg (0.57 mmoles) of ascomycin 24 monosilyl intermediate, 33-chloro derivative are dissolved under stirring at ambient temperature in acetonitrile (16.4 ml) and aqueous HF 40% (0.44 ml). The reaction mixture is kept under stirring at ambient temperature for 45′ and then it is diluted with ethyl acetate (100 ml). The organic phase is thus washed in sequence with an aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (70 ml) with water (2 x 70 ml) and thus it is anhydrified on sodium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a solid which is subsequently purified by chromatography on silica gel (1 :30 p/p): 323 mg (0.399 mmoles; yields 70% molars) of pimecrolimus is obtained by elution with n- hexane/ethyl acetate 2/3. The chemical/physical characteristics of the obtained product matches the data indicated in literature regarding pimecrolimus; the overall yield of the process is 16%.

………………………..

POLYMORPHS…….WO2006060615A1

Example 7: Preparation of amorphous pimecrolimus by precipitation [00094] 19,5 g purified pimecrolimus (colorless resin) was dissolved in 217 ml acetone at 4O⁰C and concentrated. Residue: 38,76 g. The residue was diluted with 6 ml distilled water with stirring. Finally 1 ml acetone was added. This solution was added slowly to 2 L chilled distilled water that was stirred efficiently. After the addition had been completed, the suspension was stirred 20 min at O⁰C. Then the solid was filtered and dried at 45⁰C in vacuum oven overnight. Product: 15,65 g yellowish solid. Amorphous (XRD, DSC).

Example 8: Preparation of amorphous pimecrolimus by grinding

[00095] Procedure of grinding: 200 mg of Pimecrolimus sample was ground gently in an agate mortar using a pestle for half a minute. ,

References

• Elidel official homepage
• FDA News
• NPS RADAR
• Article about American Academy of Dermatology speaking out against black box warning
• Report of the Calcineurin Task Force of the ACAAI and AAAAI

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

Ruxolitinib

(3R)-3-cyclopentyl-3-[4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrazol-1-yl]propanenitrile, cas no 941678-49-5

(R)-3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-cyclopentylpropanenitrile

• 1H-Pyrazole-1-propanenitrile, beta-cyclopentyl-4-(7H-pyrrolo(2,3-d)pyrimidin-4-yl)-,(betaR)-

Formula: C₁₇H₁₈N₆
Molecular Weight: 306.37

Phosphate salt

(R)-3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-cyclopentylpropanenitrile phosphate

INCB 018424

• INCB 018424
• INCB018424
• Ruxolitinib
• UNII-82S8X8XX8H

CAS No.: 1092939-17-7
M.Wt: 404.36
Formula: C17H21N6O4P
Ruxolitinib phosphate

LAUNCHED 2011, INCYTE FOR MYELOFIBROSIS, NDA202192, 2011-11-16

CLINICAL TRIALS.http://clinicaltrials.gov/search/intervention=INCB018424+OR+ruxolitinib

EMA:Link,

US FDA:link

HPLC, MS, NMR…http://www.medkoo.com/Product-Data/Ruxolitinib/Ruxolitinib-QC-LC20130225.pdf

http://file.selleckchem.com/downloads/nmr/S137803-INCB018424-HNMR-Selleck.pdf

http://file.selleckchem.com/downloads/hplc/S137803-INCB018424-HPLC-Selleck.pdf

Ruxolitinib phosphate is a kinase inhibitor with the chemical name (R)-3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-cyclopentylpropanenitrile phosphate and a molecular weight of 404.36.

Ruxolitinib is a janus-associated kinase inhibitor indicated to treat bone marrow cancer, specifically intermediate or high-risk myelofibrosis. FDA approved on November 16, 2011.

INCB018424 is the first potent, selective, JAK1/2 inhibitor to enter the clinic with IC50 of 3.3 nM/2.8 nM, >130-fold selectivity for JAK1/2 versus JAK3

Ruxolitinib phosphate has the following structural formula:

Ruxolitinib phosphate is a white to off-white to light pink powder and is soluble in aqueous buffers across a pH range of 1 to 8.

Jakafi (ruxolitinib) Tablets are for oral administration. Each tablet contains ruxolitinib phosphate equivalent to 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 20 mg and 25 mg of ruxolitinib free base together with microcrystalline cellulose, lactose monohydrate, magnesium stearate, colloidal silicon dioxide, sodium starch glycolate, povidone and hydroxypropyl cellulose

.NCI: /Ruxolitinib phosphate/ The phosphate salt form of ruxolitinib, an orally bioavailable Janus-associated kinase (JAK) inhibitor with potential antineoplastic and immunomodulating activities. Ruxolitinib specifically binds to and inhibits protein tyrosine kinases JAK 1 and 2, which may lead to a reduction in inflammation and an inhibition of cellular proliferation. The JAK-STAT (signal transducer and activator of transcription) pathway plays a key role in the signaling of many cytokines and growth factors and is involved in cellular proliferation, growth, hematopoiesis, and the immune response; JAK kinases may be upregulated in inflammatory diseases, myeloproliferative disorders, and various malignancies. (NCI Thesaurus)

patent expiry

US pat 7598257 exp 24/12/27

US pat 8415362 exp 24/12/27

NCE.Nov 16, 2016

Discovered by Incyte, ruxolitinib phosphate is an inhibitor of Janus-associated kinase 2 (JAK2), a protein involved in signal transduction. This orally available compound was approved and launched in the U.S. in 2011 for the treatment of patients with intermediate or high-risk myelofibrosis (MF), including primary MF, post-polycythemia vera MP and post-essential thrombocythemia MF. A regulatory application in the E.U. was filed in 2011 and a positive opinion was assigned in April 2012. Final E.U. approval was obtained in August 2012. In November 2012, the product was launched in the U.K. for the treatment of disease-related splenomegaly or symptoms in primary myelofibrosis or myelofibrosis due to polycythemia vera or essential thrombocythemia. In 2012, the product has been filed for approval in Japan for the treatment of myelofibrosis.

Phase II clinical trials are also ongoing for the treatment of multiple myeloma, leukemia, pancreas cancer, thrombocytopenia and for the treatment of relapsed or refractory diffuse large B-cell or peripheral T-cell non-Hodgkin lymphoma following donor stem cell transplant. In Japan, the product is under development in phase III trials for the treatment of polycythemia vera and in phase II trials for the treatment of myelofibrosis. No recent development has been reported for clinical trials for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (RA), for the treatment of psoriasis or for the treatment of metastatic prostate cancer. Columbia University is evaluating the compound in preclinical studies for the treatment of alopecia areata. The University of Pennsylvania is conducting phase II clinical trials for the treatment of breast cancer.

In 2008 and 2009, the compound was assigned orphan drug designation in the U.S. and the E.U., respectively, for the treatment of myelofibrosis. This designation was assigned in Japan for this indication in 2011. Additional orphan drug designation was assigned by the FDA in 2010 for the treatment of polycythemia vera and for the treatment of essential thrombocythemia. In 2013, an orphan drug designation was assigned in U.S. for the treatment of pancreatic cancer. In 2009, fast track designation was assigned to ruxolitinib phosphate in the U.S .for the treatment of myelofibrosis.

Ruxolitinib (trade names Jakafi and Jakavi, by Incyte Pharmaceuticals and Novartis) is a drug for the treatment of intermediate or high-risk myelofibrosis, a type of bone marrow cancer.It is also being investigated for the treatment of other types of cancer (such as lymphomas and pancreatic cancer), for polycythemia vera, and for plaque psoriasis.
The phase III Controlled Myelofibrosis Study with Oral JAK Inhibitor-I (COMFORT-I) and COMFORT-II trials showed significant benefits by reducing spleen size, relieving debilitating symptoms, and improving overall survival.

INCYTE developed in cooperation with companies and NOVARTIS jak2 selective inhibitor Ruxolitinib(INCB-018424) – has been approved by the FDA successfully listed). (Safety and Efficacy of INCB018424, a JAK1 and JAK2 Inhibitor, in Myelofibrosis. Srdan Verstovsek, MD, Ph.D., Hagop Kantarjian, MD, Ruben A. Mesa. MD, et al. N Engl J Med 2010; 363: 1117-1127).

The presently disclosed a series of patent applications JAK inhibitors, including WO2001042246, WO200200066K WO2009054941 and WO2011013785, etc.

Mechanism of action

Ruxolitinib is a Janus kinase inhibitor with selectivity for subtypes 1 and 2 of this enzyme.
Side effects

Immunologic side effects have included herpes zoster (1.9%) and case reports of opportunistic infections.[10] Metabolic side effects have included weight gain (7.1%). Laboratory abnormalities have included alanine transaminase (ALT) abnormalities (25.2%), aspartate transaminase (AST) abnormalities (17.4%), and elevated cholesterol levels (16.8%).
Legal status

In November 2011, ruxolitinib was approved by the USFDA for the treatment of intermediate or high-risk myelofibrosis based on results of the COMFORT-I and COMFORT-II Trials.

Some analysts believe this to be a potential blockbuster drug.[3] As of the end of March 2012, and according to an Incyte spokesman, approximately 1000 physicians had prescribed the drug in the United States, out of a total 6500 hematologists and oncologists nationwide.

The US Food and Drug Administration had approved Incyte’s Jakafi (ruxolitinib) to treat patients with the bone marrow disease myelofibrosis (MF).  Jakafi is the first and only drug granted license specifically for the treatment of the rare blood cancer.
Jakafi approved by FDA to treat rare bone marrow disease
Posted By Edward Su On November 17th, 2011

MF is a rare, potentially life-threatening blood cancer with limited treatment methods. Patients with the bone marrow disoder, characterized by bone marrow failure, enlarged spleen (splenomegaly), suffer from the symptoms of fatigue, night sweats and pruritus, poor quality of life, weight loss and shortened survival. The US drug firm Incyte estimates the disease affects about 16,000-18,500 people in the USA. Currently,  the disease is treated with chemotherapy or bone marrow transplant.

Incyte’s Jakafi, the first drug to reach market from the Wilmington-based drug company, was approved by the FDA as a twice-a-day pill for the treatment of patients with intermediate or high-risk myelofibrosis (MF), including primary MF, post-polycythemia vera MF and post-essential thrombocythemia MF.  The US regulators reviewed Jakafi under its priority review program for important new therapies.

The approval of  Jakafi was based on the results from two clinical studies involved 528 patients with the disease. Patients in the Jakafi treatment arm experienced a significant reduction in the size of their spleen as well as a 50 percent decrease in symptoms, including pain, discomfort and night sweats.

Jakafi, generically known as ruxolitinib,  works by blocking JAK1 and JAK2 enzymes associated with the disease. The company has co-developed the drug with Novartis as part of their collaboration signed in 2009. The Swiss drug firm has the rights to market Jakafi in other countries.

“The availability of Jakafi is a significant medical advancement for people living with myelofibrosis, a debilitating disease,” said Paul A. Friedman, M.D., President and Chief Executive Officer of Incyte. “This milestone marks a tremendous achievement for Incyte because a scientific discovery from our research laboratories has become the first JAK inhibitor to reach the market and provide a clinical benefit to patients.”

Richard Pazdur, director of the Office of Hematology and Oncology Drug Products in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, said that Jakafi “represents another example of an increasing trend in oncology where a detailed scientific understanding of the mechanisms of a disease allows a drug to be directed toward specific molecular pathways”.

Incyte says Jakafi will be available next week, and the drug will cost $7,000 per month, or $84,000 for a year’s supply for insured patients. The company plans to provide Jakafi free to uninsured patients and will offer co-pay assistance to patients with financial need.

……………

NMR free base

http://www.google.com/patents/US8410265

For (R)-13 (free base): ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ ppm 12.1 (bs, 1H), 8.80 (d, 1H, J=0.42 Hz), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.59 (dd, 1H, J=2.34, 3.51 Hz), 6.98 (dd, 1H, J=1.40, 3.44 Hz), 4.53 (td, 1H, J=19.5, 4.63 Hz), 3.26 (dd, 1H, J=9.77, 17.2 Hz), 3.18 (dd, 1H, J=4.32, 17.3 Hz), 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.65 to 1.13 (m, 7H); C₁₇H₁₈N₆ (MW, 306.37) LCMS (EI) m/e 307 (M⁺+H).

http://www.google.com/patents/US8410265

phosphate

For (R)-14 (phosphate): mp. 197.6° C.; ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 500 MHz) δ ppm 12.10 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s 1H), 7.58 (dd, 1H, J=1.9, 3.5 Hz), 6.97 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 4.52 (td, 1H, J=3.9, 9.7 Hz), 3.25 (dd, 1H, J=9.8, 17.2 Hz), 3.16 (dd, 1H, J=4.0, 17.0 Hz), 2.41, (m, 1H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.59 (m, 1H), 1.51 (m, 2H), 1.42 (m, 1H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 1.18 (m, 1H); ¹³C NMR (DMSO-d₆, 125 MHz) δ ppm 152.1, 150.8, 149.8, 139.2, 131.0, 126.8, 120.4, 118.1, 112.8, 99.8, 62.5, 44.3, 29.1, 29.0, 24.9, 24.3, 22.5; C₁₇H₁₈N₆(MW, 306.37 for free base) LCMS (EI) m/e 307 (M⁺+H, base peak), 329.1 (M⁺+Na).

………………….

SYNTHESIS

http://www.google.com/patents/US8410265

………………………

SYNTHESIS

US20100190981

(R)-Methyl 3-cyclopentyl-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilypethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propanoate ((R)-22). A solution of (E)-methyl 3-cyclopentyl-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)acrylate (21, 815 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (THF, 8.0 mL) in a pressure glass tube was treated with the catalyst [Rh(COD)(−)-DuanPhos](BF₄) (4.6 mg) under nitrogen before the reaction mixture was pressurized with hydrogen gas to 50 bar pressure. The reaction mixture was stirred at 35° C. under this hydrogen pressure for 22 h. When HPLC analysis showed that the substrate was almost completely consumed, the reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature. The enantiomeric excess of the reaction mixture was determined to be 94.7% ee (97.35% of the second peak, (R)-22; 2.65% of the first peak, (S)-22) by chiral HPLC analysis. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a thin silica gel pad and the pad was washed with tetrahydrofuran (THF, 5 mL). The filtrate was then concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The resultant foamy solid (778 mg) was analyzed by chiral HPLC analysis and result showed a 94.7% of enantiomeric excess favoring the second peak (97.35% of the second peak, (R)-22; 2.65% of the first peak, (S)-22).

(3R)-3-Cyclopentyl-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propanoic acid ((R)-23). To a stirred solution of (3R)-methyl 3-cyclopentyl-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propanoate ((R)-22, 2.47 g, 5.26 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at room temperature was added a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (LiOH—H₂O, 265 mg, 6.31 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in water (15 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. When LCMS showed the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was then acidified with 1 N aqueous HCl solution to pH 5 before it was extracted with EtOAc (2×25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford (3R)-3-cyclopentyl-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propanoic acid ((R)-23, 2.40 g, 2.40 g theoretical, 100% yield) as a colorless oil, which solidified upon standing at room temperature in vacuo. For (R)-23: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ ppm 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.95 (bs, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 6.99 (d, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 5.74 (s, 2H), 4.65 (dt, 1H, J=3.1, 10.3 Hz), 3.58 (t, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 3.24 (dd, 1H, J=16.5, 10.3 Hz), 3.04 (dd, 1H, J=16.2, 3.1 Hz), 2.59 (m, 1H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.24 (m, 7H), 0.97 (t, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 0.00 (s, 9H); C₂₃H₃₃N₅O₃Si (MW, 455.63), LCMS (EI) m/e 456.1 (M⁺+H).

(3R)-3-Cyclopentyl-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propanamide ((R)-24). To a stirred solution of (3R)-3-cyclopentyl-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propanoic acid ((R)-23, 20 mg, 0.044 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) at room temperature was added N,N-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI, 21 mg, 0.13 mmol, 3.0 equiv). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature and TLC was used to follow the reaction for formation of acyl imidazole (consumption of acid to a higher Rf spot with 30% EtOAc/hexane). When TLC showed that the acyl imidazole transformation was complete, ammonia gas was then bubbled through the stirred solution for 30 min to afford the amide (followed by LCMS). The excess amount of ammonia gas was evaporated by bubbling nitrogen vigorously through the solution. The crude product, (3R)-3-cyclopentyl-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propanamide ((R)-24), in DMF was used directly to the following reaction to convert amide ((R)-24) into the corresponding nitrile ((R)-20).

(3R)-cyclopentyl-3-{4-[7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyrazol-1-yl}propionitrile ((R)-20). Method A. To a stirred solution of (3R)-3-cyclopentyl-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propanamide ((R)-24, 20 mg, 0.044 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) at 0° C. was added methylene chloride (1 mL) and triethylamine (0.12 mL, 0.88 mmol, 20.0 equiv), followed by trichloroacetyl chloride (0.052 ml, 0.462 mmol, 10.5 equiv). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. When LCMS showed the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (NaHCO₃, 5 mL) before being extracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography with 0-75% EtOAc/hexane gradient elution to give (3R)-cyclopentyl-3-{4-[7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyrazol-1-yl}propionitrile ((R)-20, 10 mg, 19 mg theoretical, 53% yield). For (R)-20: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ ppm 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 7.09 (d, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 5.63 (s, 2H), 4.53 (td, 1H, J=19.4, 4.0 Hz), 3.51 (t, 2H, J=8.1 Hz), 3.23 (dq, 2H, J=9.3, 4.3 Hz), 2.41 (m, 1H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.13 (m, 7H), 0.81 (t, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 0.124 (s, 9H); C₂₃H₃₂N₆OSi (MW, 436.63), LCMS (EI) m/e 437 (M⁻+H) and 459 (M⁺+Na).

(3R)-Cyclopentyl-3-[4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrazol-1-yl]propionitrile ((R)-13, free base). Method B. To a solution of (3R)-cyclopentyl-3-{4-[7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyrazol-1-yl}propionitrile ((R)-20, 463 g, 1.06 mol, 98.6% ee) in acetonitrile (4.5 L) was added water (400 mL) followed immediately by lithium tetrafluoroborate (LiBF₄, 987.9 g, 10.5 mol, 10.0 equiv) at room temperature. The reaction temperature was observed to decrease from ambient to 12° C. upon addition of the water and then increase to 33° C. during the addition of lithium tetrafluoroborate (LiBF₄). The resulting reaction mixture was heated to reflux (about 80° C.) for overnight. An aliquot was quenched into ethyl acetate/water and checked by LCMS and TLC (95:5 ethyl acetate/methanol, v/v). When LCMS and TLC analyses showed both the hydroxyl methyl intermediate ((R)-25) and fully de-protected material ((R)-13, free base) produced but no starting material ((R)-20) left, the reaction mixture was cooled gradually to <5° C. before a 20% aqueous solution of ammonium hydroxide (NH₄OH, 450 mL) was added gradually to adjust the pH of the reaction mixture to 9 (checked with pH strips). The cold bath was removed and the reaction mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for overnight. An aliquot was quenched into ethyl acetate/water and checked by LCMS and TLC (95:5 ethyl acetate/methanol, v/v) to confirm complete de-protection. When LCMS and TLC showed the reaction was deemed complete, the reaction mixture was filtered and the solids were washed with acetonitrile (1 L). The combined filtrates were then concentrated under reduce pressure, and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (EtOAc, 6 L) and half-saturated brine (3 L). The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 L). The combined organic layers were washed with half-saturated sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO₃, 3 L) and brine (3 L), dried over sodium sulfate (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product as an orange oil. The crude material was then purified by flash column chromatography (SiO₂, 40 to 100% ethyl acetate/heptane gradient elution) to afford (3R)-cyclopentyl-3-[4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrazol-1-yl]propionitrile ((R)-13, free base, 273 g, 324.9 g theoretical, 84% yield) as a white foam. This material was checked by ¹⁹F NMR to ensure no lithium tetrafluoroborate (LiBF₄) remained and by chiral HPLC (Chiralcel OD, 90:10 hexane/ethanol) to confirm enantiomeric purity and was used without further purification to prepare the corresponding phosphate salt. For (R)-13 (free base): ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ ppm 12.1 (bs, 1H), 8.80 (d, 1H, J=0.42 Hz), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.59 (dd, 1H, J=2.34, 3.51 Hz), 6.98 (dd, 1H, J=1.40, 3.44 Hz), 4.53 (td, 1H, J=19.5, 4.63 Hz), 3.26 (dd, 1H, J=9.77, 17.2 Hz), 3.18 (dd, 1H, J=4.32, 17.3 Hz), 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.65 to 1.13 (m, 7H); C₁₇H₁₈N₆(MW, 306.37) LCMS (EI) m/e 307 (M⁺+H).

3-Cyclopentylacrylonitrile (8). A solution of diethyl cyanomethylphosphonate (7, 742.5 g, 4.2 mol, 1.1 equiv) in dry THF (5.75 L) was stirred under nitrogen on an ice-water-methanol bath and a solution of 1 M potassium tert-butoxide in THF (4 L, 4.0 mol, 1.05 equiv) was added at such a rate as to keep the temperature below 0° C. After addition of 1 M potassium tert-butoxide in THF was complete, the stirring was continued on the cold bath for 1 h and a solution of cyclopentanecarbaldehyde (6, 374 g, 3.81 mol) in dry THF (290 mL) was added at such a rate as to maintain the temperature below 0° C. The cold bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for overnight. When the reaction was deemed complete, the reaction mixture was partitioned between methyl tent-butyl ether (MTBE, 14 L), water (10 L) and brine (6 L). The two layers were separated, and the combined organic phase was washed with brine (6 L). The aqueous phase was extracted with MTBE (10 L) and washed with brine (6 L). The combined organic extracts were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was distilled (65-78° C./6 torr) to afford 3-cyclopentylacrylonitrile (8, 437.8 g, 461.7 g theoretical, 94.8% yield) as a colorless oil, which was found to be a mixture of E- and Z-isomer. For 8: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz, for Z-isomer) δ ppm 6.58 (t, 1H, J=10.6 Hz), 5.55 (dd, 1H, J=10.8, 0.59 Hz), 2.85 (m, 1H), 1.9-1.46 (m, 6H), 1.34 (m, 2H) and (for E-isomer) δ ppm 6.83 (q, 1H, J=8.3 Hz), 5.66 (dd, 1H, J=16.5, 1.4 Hz), 2.60 (m, 1H), 1.9-1.46 (m, 6H), 1.34 (m, 2H); ¹³C NMR (DMSO-d₆, 100 MHz, for Z-isomer) δ ppm 159.8, 116.6, 97.7, 42.3, 32.3, 25.1 and (for E-isomer) δ ppm 160.4, 118.1, 97.9, 43.2, 31.5, 24.8; C₈H₁₁N (MW, 121.18), GCMS (EI) m/e 120 (M⁺−H).

4-(1H-Pyrazol-4-yl)-7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (5). Method A. To a flask equipped with a reflux condenser, a nitrogen inlet, mechanical stirrer, and a thermowell was added 4-chloro-7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (3a, 817 g, 2.88 mol) and dioxane (8 L). To this solution was added 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (4, 728 g, 3.75 mol, 1.30 equiv) followed by a solution of potassium carbonate (K₂CO₃, 1196 g, 8.67 mol, 3.0 equiv) in water (4 L). The solution was degassed by passing a stream of nitrogen through the solution for 15 minutes before being treated with tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (167 g, 0.145 mol, 0.05 equiv) and the resulting reaction mixture was heated at reflux (about 90° C.) for 2 hours. When the reaction was deemed complete by TLC (1:1 heptane/ethyl acetate) and LCMS, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (24 L) and water (4 L). The two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 L). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2×2 L), brine (2 L), dried over sodium sulfate (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in toluene (4 L) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was finally triturated with methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE, 3 L) and the solids were collected by filtration and washed with MTBE (1 L) to afford 4-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-7-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (5, 581.4 g, 908.5 g theoretical, 64% yield) as white crystalline solids. For 5: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ ppm 13.41 (bs, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.67 (bs, 1H), 8.35 (bs, 1H), 7.72 (d, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 7.10 (d, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 5.61 (s, 2H), 3.51 (t, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 0.81 (t, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 0.13 (s, 9H); C₁₅H₂₁N₅OSi (MW, 315.45), LCMS (EI) m/e 316 (M⁺+H).

Racemic 3-cyclopentyl-3-{4-[7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyrazol-1-yl}propionitrile (9, racemic SEM-protected compound). Method A. 3-Cyclopentylacrylonitrile (8, 273.5 g, 2.257 mol, 1.20 equiv) and DBU (28 mL, 0.187 mol, 0.10 equiv) was added to a suspension of 4-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (5, 591.8 g, 1.876 mol) in acetonitrile (4.7 L) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was heated to 50-60° C. for 17 hours (a clear solution developed midway through heating) then to 70-80° C. for 8 hours. When LCMS analysis showed the reaction was deemed complete, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The cooled solution was then concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product (9) as a thick amber oil. The crude product was dissolved in dichloromethane (DCM) and absorbed onto silica gel then dry-loaded onto a silica column (3 Kg) packed in 33% EtOAc/heptanes. The column was eluted with 33% EtOAc/heptanes (21 L), 50% EtOAc/heptanes (28 L), 60% EtOAc/heptanes (12 L) and 75% EtOAc/heptanes (8 L). The fractions containing the desired product (9) were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to generate a yellow oil, which was transferred to a 3 L flask with EtOAc. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residual EtOAc by co-evaporating with heptanes. The residue was further dried under high vacuum for overnight to afford racemic 3-cyclopentyl-3-{4-[7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyrazol-1-yl}propionitrile (9, racemic SEM-protected compound, 800 g, 819.1 g theoretical, 97.7% yield) as an extremely viscous yellow oil. For 9: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ ppm 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 7.09 (d, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 5.63 (s, 2H), 4.53 (td, 1H, J=19.4, 4.0 Hz), 3.51 (t, 2H, J=8.1 Hz), 3.23 (dq, 2H, J=9.3, 4.3 Hz), 2.41 (m, 1H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.13 (m, 7H), 0.81 (t, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 0.124 (s, 9H); C₂₃H₃₂N₆OSi (MW, 436.63), LCMS (EI) m/e 437 (M⁺+H) and 459 (M⁺+Na).

(3R)-Cyclopentyl-3-{4-[7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyrazol-1-yl}propionitrile ((R)-10) and (3S)-Cyclopentyl-3-{4-[7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyrazol-1-yl}propionitrile ((S)-10) A slurry of 1.5 Kg of 20-micron Chiralcel® OD chiral stationary phase (CSP) made by Daicel in 3.0 L of isopropanol (IPA) was packed into a PROCHROM Dynamic Axial Compression Column LC110-1 (11 cm ID×25 cm L; Column Void Vol.: approximate 1.5 L) under 150 bar of packing pressure. The packed column was then installed on a Novasep Hipersep HPLC unit. The column and the Hipersep unit were flushed with methanol (17 L) followed by the mobile phase made of a mixture of isopropanol and hexane (2:8 by volume, 17 L). The feed solution was then prepared by dissolving 3-cyclopentyl-3-{4-[7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyrazol-1-yl}propionitrile (9, racemic SEM-protected compound, 2795 g, 6.4 mol) in the mobile phase to a concentration of 80 g/L. The feed solution was then sequentially injected into the preparative chiral column for separation. Each injection was 120 ml in volume. The chiral column was eluted with the mobile phase at a flow rate of 570 mL/min at room temperature. The column elution was monitored by UV at a wavelength of 330 nm. Under these conditions a baseline separation of the two enantiomers was achieved. The retention times were 16.4 minutes (Peak 1, the undesired (S)-enantiomer (S)-10) and 21.0 minutes (Peak 2, the desired (R)-enantiomer (R)-10), respectively. The cycle time for each injection was 11 minutes and a total of 317 injections were performed for this separation process. Fractions for Peak 1 (the undesired (S)-enantiomer, (S)-10) and Peak 2 (the desired (R)-enantiomer, (R)-10) were collected separately from each injection. The collected fractions collected were continuously concentrated in the 1-square feet and 2-square feet ROTOTHERM evaporator, respectively, at 40° C. under reduced pressure (40-120 bar). The residue from each evaporator was further dried under high vacuum to constant weight to afford (3R)-cyclopentyl-3-{4-[7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyrazol-1-yl}propionitrile ((R)-10, 1307 g, 1397.5 g theoretical, 93.5%) from Peak 2 as a light yellow oil and (3S)-cyclopentyl-3-{4-[7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyrazol-1-yl}propionitrile ((S)-10, 1418 g, 1397.5 g theoretical, 101.5%) from Peak 1 as an yellow oil.

(3R)-Cyclopentyl-3-[4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrazol-1-yl]propionitrile ((R)-12, free base). Method A. To a solution of (3R)-cyclopentyl-3-{4-[7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyrazol-1-yl}propionitrile ((R)-10, 463 g, 1.06 mol, 98.6% ee) in acetonitrile (4.5 L) was added water (400 mL) followed immediately by lithium tetrafluoroborate (LiBF₄, 987.9 g, 10.5 mol, 10.0 equiv) at room temperature. The reaction temperature was observed to decrease from ambient to 12° C. upon addition of the water and then increase to 33° C. during the addition of lithium tetrafluoroborate (LiBF₄). The resulting reaction mixture was heated to reflux (about 80° C.) for overnight. An aliquot was quenched into ethyl acetate/water and checked by LCMS and TLC (95:5 ethyl acetate/methanol, v/v). When LCMS and TLC analyses showed both the hydroxyl methyl intermediate ((R)-11) and fully de-protected material ((R)-12, free base) produced but no starting material ((R)-10) left, the reaction mixture was cooled gradually to <5° C. before a 20% aqueous solution of ammonium hydroxide (NH₄OH, 450 mL) was added gradually to adjust the pH of the reaction mixture to 9 (checked with pH strips). The cold bath was removed and the reaction mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for overnight. An aliquot was quenched into ethyl acetate/water and checked by LCMS and TLC (95:5 ethyl acetate/methanol, v/v) to confirm complete de-protection. When LCMS and TLC showed the reaction was deemed complete, the reaction mixture was filtered and the solids were washed with acetonitrile (1 L). The combined filtrates were then concentrated under reduce pressure, and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (6 L) and half-saturated brine (3 L). The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 L). The combined organic layers were washed with half-saturated sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO₃, 3 L) and brine (3 L), dried over sodium sulfate (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product as an orange oil. The crude material was then purified by flash column chromatography (SiO₂, 40 to 100% ethyl acetate/heptane gradient elution) to afford (3R)-cyclopentyl-3-[4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrazol-1-yl]propionitrile ((R)-12, free base, 273 g, 324.9 g theoretical, 84% yield) as a white foam. This material was checked by ¹⁹F NMR to ensure no lithium tetrafluoroborate (LiBF₄) remained, and by chiral HPLC (Chiralcel® OD-H, 90:10 hexane/ethanol) to confirm enantiomeric purity (98.7% ee), and was used without further purification to prepare the corresponding phosphate salt. For (R)-12 (free base): ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ ppm 12.1 (bs, 1H), 8.80 (d, 1H, J=0.42 Hz), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.59 (dd, 1H, J=2.34, 3.51 Hz), 6.98 (dd, 1H, J=1.40, 3.44 Hz), 4.53 (td, 1H, J=19.5, 4.63 Hz), 3.26 (dd, 1H, J=9.77, 17.2 Hz), 3.18 (dd, 1H, J=4.32, 17.3 Hz), 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.65 to 1.13 (m, 7H); C₁₇H₁₈N₆(MW, 306.37) LCMS (EI) m/e 307 (M⁺+H).

(R)-3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-cyclopentylpropanenitrile (R)-10. A solution of (R)-3-cyclopentyl-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propanenitrile ((R)-10, 75.0 g, 0.172 mol, 98.8% ee) in acetonitrile (600 mL) was cooled to 0-5° C. To the cooled solution was added boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (54.4 mL, 0.429 mol) over 10 minutes while maintaining the internal reaction temperature below 5° C. Following the addition, the cold bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. When HPLC analysis indicated that the level of (R)-10 was below 1%, the initial phase of the deprotection reaction was considered complete. The reaction was then cooled to 0-5° C., followed by the slow addition of water (155 mL). Following the water addition, the cold bath was removed and the resulting reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 13-17° C., and stirred for an additional 2-3 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was cooled again to 0-5° C. To the cooled reaction mixture was added slowly a solution of ammonia in water [prepared by mixing aqueous 28% ammonia solution (104.5 mL) and water (210.5 mL)] while maintaining the internal reaction temperature at below 5° C. After the aqueous ammonia solution was added, the cold bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. The hydrolysis was deemed complete when the level of the hydroxylmethyl intermediate was below 1% by HPLC analysis.

The resulting reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (315 mL) and washed with 20% brine (315 mL). The aqueous fraction was back extracted with ethyl acetate (315 mL). The organic fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum with a bath temperature of 40° C. to a volume of 380 mL. The concentrated residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (600 mL) and washed with 1M NaHCO₃ (2×345 mL) and 20% brine (345 mL). The aqueous washes were combined and back extracted with ethyl acetate (345 mL). The organic fractions were combined and polish filtered into a clean 2L round bottom flask. The organic fraction was washed with warm water (50° C., 2×450 mL) and then treated with activated charcoal at 65° C. with stirring for 1.5 hours. The slurry was filtered through a celite bed. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum with a bath temperature of 40° C. The resulting syrup was placed under high vacuum to provide (R)-3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-cyclopentylpropanenitrile [(R)-12, 54.2g, 103% yield] as a light yellow foam. This material was checked by ¹⁹F NMR to ensure that the product was not contaminated by any fluorinated impurities. The chemical purity of the isolated free base was 96.3%. The chiral purity of the free base was 98.8% by chiral HPLC (chiralcel OD, 90:10 hexane/ethanol). The free base was used without further purification to prepare the phosphate salt. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 12.11(bs, 1H), 8.79(d, 1H, J=0.43 Hz), 8.67(s, 1H), 8.37(s, 1H), 7.59(q, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 6.98(q, 1H, J=1.6 Hz), 4.53(td, 1H, J=19.2, 4.1 Hz), 3.22(dq, 2H, J=9.8, 4.3 Hz), 2.40(m, 1H), 1.79(m, 1H), 1.65-1.13(m, 7H). C₁₇H₁₆N₆ (MW, 306.37), LCMS (EI) m/e 307 (M⁺+H).

(3R)-Cyclopentyl-3-[4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrazol-1-yl]propionitrile phosphate salt ((R)-13, phosphate).

Method A. To a solution of (3R)-cyclopentyl-3-[4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrazol-1-yl]propionitrile ((R)-12, free base, 572 g, 1.87 mol) in isopropanol (IPA, 8 L) at 60-65° C. was added a solution of phosphoric acid (186.2 g, 1.9 mol, 1.10 equiv) in isopropanol (1.6 L). No exotherm was observed while adding a solution of phosphoric acid, and a precipitate was formed almost immediately. The resulting mixture was then heated at 76° C. for 1.5 hours, then cooled gradually to ambient temperature and stirred at room temperature for overnight. The mixture was filtered and the solids were washed with a mixture of heptanes and isopropanol (1/1, v/v, 3 L) before being transferred back to the original flask and stirred in heptanes (8 L) for one hour. The solids were collected by filtration, washed with heptanes (1 L), and dried in a convection oven in vacuum at 40° C. to a constant weight to afford (3R)-cyclopentyl-3-[4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrazol-1-yl]propionitrile phosphate salt ((R)-13, phosphate, 634.2 g , 755 g theoretical, 84% yield) as white to off-white crystalline solids. For (R)-13, phosphate: mp. 197.6° C.; ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 500 MHz) δ ppm 12.10 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s 1H), 7.58 (dd, 1H, J=1.9, 3.5 Hz), 6.97 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 4.52 (td, 1H, J=3.9, 9.7 Hz), 3.25 (dd, 1H, J=9.8, 17.2 Hz), 3.16 (dd, 1H, J=4.0, 17.0 Hz), 2.41, (m, 1H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.59 (m, 1H), 1.51 (m, 2H), 1.42 (m, 1H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 1.18 (m, 1H); ¹³C NMR (DMSO-d₆, 125 MHz) δ ppm 152.1, 150.8, 149.8, 139.2, 131.0, 126.8, 120.4, 118.1, 112.8, 99.8, 62.5, 44.3, 29.1, 29.0, 24.9, 24.3, 22.5; C₁₇H₁₈N₆(MW, 306.37 for free base) LCMS (EI) m/e 307 (M⁺+H, base peak), 329.1 (M⁺+Na).

Method B. To a solution of (R)-3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H -pyrazol-1-yl)-3-cyclopentylpropanenitrile ((R)-12, 54.2 g, 177 mol) in dichloromethane (782 mL) and 2-propanol (104 mL) at reflux was added a solution of phosphoric acid (19.9 g, 0.173 mol, 1.15 equiv) in 2-propanol (34.0 mL) over a period of 47 minutes. Following the acid addition, the resulting mixture was heated to reflux for an additional 1 hour. The mixture was gradually cooled to ambient temperature and stirred for 3 hours. The solids were collected by filtration and washed with dichloromethane (390 mL), followed by n-heptane (390 mL). The solids were partially dried under vacuum at room temperature and then under vacuum at 62° C. to afford (R)-3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-cyclopentylpropanenitrile phosphate (60.1 g, 84% yield) as white to off-white crystalline solids. Analysis by chiral HPLC (chiralcel OD, 90:10 hexane/ethanol) gave the enantiopurity as 99.2% ee.

¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 12.11(bs, 1H), 8.79(d, 1H, J=0.59 Hz), 8.67(s, 1H), 8.36(s, 1H), 7.59(q, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 6.98(q, 1H, J=1.6 Hz), 4.53(td, 1H, J=19.6, 4.4 Hz), 3.22(dq, 2H, J=9.6, 4.3 Hz), 2.40(m, 1H), 1.79(m, 1H), 1.65-1.13(m, 7H). C₁₇H₂₁N₆O₄P (MW, 404.36), LCMS (EI) m/e 307 (M⁺+H) and m/e 329 (M⁺+Na).

(R)-3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-cyclopentylpropanenitrile phosphate.

Into a 1L round bottom flask, equipped with stir bar, distillation head, addition funnel and heating mantle, were charged methanol (520 mL) and (R)-3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-cyclopentylpropanenitrile phosphate ((R)-13, phosphate, 40.0 grams, 98.92 mmol). The slurry was heated to 55° C. to generate a slightly pink solution. The solution was cooled to 50° C. and filtered into a 2 L flask equipped with an overhead stirrer, distillation head, addition funnel and heating mantle. The 1 L round bottom flask and the filter funnel were rinsed with additional methanol (104.0 mL). The filtrate solution was heated to reflux to distill methanol (281 mL) over 1 hour under atmospheric pressure. Isopropyl alcohol (IPA) (320 mL) was charged slowly via the addition funnel over 80 minutes while maintaining the internal temperature approximately at 65° C. Precipitation of the phosphate salt was observed during IPA addition. After the addition of IPA was complete, n-heptane (175 mL) was added slowly at the same temperature. Distillation was continued under atmospheric pressure. Additional n-heptane (825 mL) was added at approximately the same rate as the distillation rate while maintaining the internal temperature at approximately 65° C. The distillation was complete when the volume of the distillate reached 742 mL (excluding the volume of 281 mL of methanol from the previous distillation). The distillation took approximately 1 hour. The vapor temperature during the distillation was in the range of 54-64° C. and the internal temperature was 67° C. at the end of the distillation. The mixture was slowly cooled to room temperature and stirred for an additional 3 hours. The solids were collected by filtration. The wet cake was washed with 16.7% (v/v) of isopropyl alcohol in n-heptane (384.0 mL), followed by n-heptane (280.0 mL), and dried under vacuum at 55° C. to provide 36.1 grams of the desired product as white solids in 90% yield. The chemical purity is 99.79% by HPLC analysis. The chiral purity is 99.8% by chiral HPLC analysis.

¹H NMR (499.7 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ (ppm): 12.21 (s, 1H), 10.71 (s, 3H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (td, J=9.75, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J=17.3, 9.75 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J=17.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.43-2.35 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.58-1.42 (m, 3H), 1.41-1.33 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.23 (m, 2H), 1.19-1.12 (m, 1H);

¹³C NMR (125.7 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ (ppm): 152.8, 151.2, 150.3, 140.0, 131.8, 127.7, 120.8, 118.8, 113.5, 100.7, 63.3, 45.0, 29.8, 25.6, 25.0, 23.2;

LCMS m/z: calculated for C₁₇H₁₈N₆ (M+H)⁺:=307.2. Found (M+H)⁺: 307.0.

……………………….

US8410265

(JAK1, JAK2) inhibitor, developed by the Incyte Corporation, trade name Jakafi.
Ruxolitinib synthetic route as shown below. 4 – bromo-pyrazole ( 1 ) with ethyl vinyl ether ( 2 ) to protect, and then with a Grignard reagent to a halogen – exchanged with isopropyl magnesiumpinacol ester ( 3 ) quenching to obtain 4 . Compound 5 is obtained consisting of hydrogen is protected 6 , and then with a boronic acid ester 4 Suzuki coupling occurs under acidic conditions after removal of the protecting group pyrazolyl 7 , 7 and α, β-unsaturated aldehyde 8 chiral catalyst 9 of under the catalysis of asymmetric Michael addition to give ( R ) -10 (90% EE). ( R) -10 , after reaction with ammonia to obtain an imine oxidation with iodine nitrile 11 , respectively, with different conditions for the final removal of the protecting group to afford Ruxolitinib.

…………………………………

Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2013 ,  vol. 23,  # 9  p. 2793 – 2800

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960894X13001868

Figure 1.

Structures of tofacitinib (1a) and ruxolitinib (1b).

………………………….

Organic Letters, 2009 ,  vol. 11,  9  p. 1999 – 2002

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/ol900350k

An enantioselective synthesis of INCB018424 via organocatalytic asymmetric aza-Michael addition of pyrazoles (16 or 20) to (E)-3-cyclopentylacrylaldehyde (23) using diarylprolinol silyl ether as the catalyst was developed. Michael adducts (R)-24 and (R)-27 were isolated in good yield and high ee and were readily converted to INCB018424

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/ol900350k/suppl_file/ol900350k_si_001.pdf

COMPD 1 IS RUXOLITINIB

(3R)-Cyclopentyl-3-[4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrazol
-1-yl]propionitrile (1, INCB018424).

. Method A. To a solution of (3R)-cyclopentyl-3-
{4-[7-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyrazol-1-
yl}proprionitrile ((R)-25, INCB032306, 463 g, 1.06 mol, 98.6% ee) in acetonitrile (4.5 L)
was added water (400 mL) followed immediately by lithium tetrafluoroborate (LiBF4,
987.9 g, 10.5 mol, 10.0 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was
heated to reflux for overnight. An aliquot was quenched into ethyl acetate/water and
checked by LCMS and TLC (95:5 ethyl acetate/methanol, v/v). When LCMS and TLC
analyses indicated that both the hydroxyl methyl intermediate (R)-26, INCB021499) and
the fully deprotected product (1, INCB018424)  SEE LINKhttp://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/ol900350k/suppl_file/ol900350k_si_001.pdf

:1H NMR
(DMSO-d6, 400 MHz) δ ppm 12.1 (bs, 1H), 8.80 (d, 1H, J = 0.4 Hz), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.37
(s, 1H), 7.59 (dd, 1H, J = 2.3, 3.5 Hz), 6.98 (dd, 1H, J = 1.4, 3.4 Hz), 4.53 (td, 1H, J =
19.5, 4.6 Hz), 3.26 (dd, 1H, J = 9.8, 17.2 Hz), 3.18 (dd, 1H, J = 4.3, 17.3 Hz), 2.40 (m, S-12
1H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.65 to 1.13 (m, 7H);

13C NMR (DMSO-d6, 100MHz) δ ppm 152.1,
151.0, 149.9, 139.3, 131.0, 126.8, 120.6, 118.2, 112.8, 99.8, 62.5, 44.3, 29.1, 25.0, 24.3,
22.5; IR (KBr) 3197, 3118, 2956, 2865, 1731, 1581, 1448, 1344, 1251 cm-1;

HRMS (CI)
m/z calculated for C17H19N6 (M + H)+
307.1671, found 307.1665

REFERENCES

1. Jakafi (ruxolitinib) dosing, indications, interactions, adverse effects, and more”. Medscape Reference. WebMD. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
2.  Mesa, Ruben A.; Yasothan, Uma; Kirkpatrick, Peter (2012). “Ruxolitinib”. Nature Reviews Drug Discovery 11 (2): 103–4.doi:10.1038/nrd3652. PMID 22293561.
3.  Harrison, C; Mesa, R; Ross, D; Mead, A; Keohane, C; Gotlib, J; Verstovsek, S (2013). “Practical management of patients with myelofibrosis receiving ruxolitinib”. Expert Review of Hematology 6 (5): 511–23. doi:10.1586/17474086.2013.827413. PMID 24083419.
4. Natoli, Cori Anne (May 5, 2012), “Incyte looks to ride on drug’s success”, The News Journal, retrieved May 6, 2012
5.  Harrison, C.; Kiladjian, J. J.; Al-Ali, H. K.; Gisslinger, H.; Waltzman, R.; Stalbovskaya, V.; McQuitty, M.; Hunter, D. S.; Levy, R.; Knoops, L.; Cervantes, F.; Vannucchi, A. M.; Barbui, T.; Barosi, G. (2012). “JAK Inhibition with Ruxolitinib versus Best Available Therapy for Myelofibrosis”. New England Journal of Medicine 366 (9): 787–798.doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1110556. PMID 22375970. edit
6.  Verstovsek, S.; Mesa, R. A.; Gotlib, J.; Levy, R. S.; Gupta, V.; Dipersio, J. F.; Catalano, J. V.; Deininger, M.; Miller, C.; Silver, R. T.; Talpaz, M.; Winton, E. F.; Harvey Jr, J. H.; Arcasoy, M. O.; Hexner, E.; Lyons, R. M.; Paquette, R.; Raza, A.; Vaddi, K.; Erickson-Viitanen, S.; Koumenis, I. L.; Sun, W.; Sandor, V.; Kantarjian, H. M. (2012). “A Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Trial of Ruxolitinib for Myelofibrosis”. New England Journal of Medicine 366 (9): 799–807. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1110557.PMID 22375971. edit
7.  Tefferi, A. (2012). “Challenges Facing JAK Inhibitor Therapy for Myeloproliferative Neoplasms”. New England Journal of Medicine 366(9): 844–846. doi:10.1056/NEJMe1115119. PMID 22375977. edit
8.  ASCO Annual Meeting 2011: JAK Inhibitor Ruxolitinib Demonstrates Significant Clinical Benefit in Myelofibrosis
9.  Mesa, RA (2010). “Ruxolitinib, a selective JAK1 and JAK2 inhibitor for the treatment of myeloproliferative neoplasms and psoriasis”. IDrugs : the investigational drugs journal 13 (6): 394–403.PMID 20506062. edit
10.  Pardanani, A.; Tefferi, A. (2011). “Targeting myeloproliferative neoplasms with JAK inhibitors”. Current Opinion in Hematology 18 (2): 1. doi:10.1097/MOH.0b013e3283439964. PMID 21245760. edit
11.  Wysham, NG; Allada G, Sullivan DR (2013). Chest 143 (5): 1478–9.PMID 23648912.
12.  “FDA Approves Incyte’s Jakafi(TM) (ruxolitinib) for Patients with Myelofibrosis” (Press release). Incyte. Retrieved 2012-01-02.
13. Harrison, C.; Kiladjian, J.-J.; Al-Ali, H. K.; Gisslinger, H.; Waltzman, R.;Stalbovskaya, V.; McQuitty, M.; Hunter, D. S.; Levy, R.; Knoops, L.;Cervantes, F.; Vannucchi, A. M.; Barbui, T.; Barosi, G. N. Eng. J. Med. 2012,366, 787.Zhou, J.; Liu, P.; Lin, Q.; Metcalf, B. W.; Meloni, D.; Pan, Y.; Xia, M.; Li, M.; Yue,T.-Y.; Rodgers, J. D.; Wang, H. WO 2010083283 A2, 2010.Rodgers, J. D.; Shepard, S.; Maduskuie, T. P.; Wang, H.; Falahatpisheh, N.;Rafalski, M.; Arvanitis, A. G.; Storace, L.; Jalluri, R. K.; Fridman, J. S.; Vaddi, K.U.S. 20070135461 A1, 2007.Lin, Q.; Meloni, D.; Pan, Y.; Xia, M.; Rodgers, J.; Shepard, S.; Li, M.; Galya, L.;Metcalf, B.; Yue, T.-Y.; Liu, P.; Zhou, J. Org. Lett. 1999, 2009, 11.http://www.google.com/patents/US8410265

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

Octreotide

(D)-Phe-Cys-Phe-(D)-Trp-Lys-Thr-Cys-Thr-ol.

(4R,7S,10S,13R,16S,19R)-10-(4-aminobutyl)-19-[[(2R)-2-amino-3-phenyl-propanoyl]amino]-16-benzyl-N-[(2R,3R)-1,3-dihydroxybutan-2-yl]-7-(1-hydroxyethyl)-13-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-6,9,12,15,18-pentaoxo-1,2-dithia-5,8,11,14,17-
pentazacycloicosane-4-carboxamide

L-cysteinamide, D-phenylalanyl-L-cysteiny-L-phenylalanyl-D-tryptophyl-L-lysyl-L-threonyl-N-[2-hydroxy-1-(hydroxymethyl)propyl]-,cyclic (2→7)-disulfide; [R-(R*,R*)].

Octreotide is the acetate salt of a cyclic octapeptide. It is a long-acting octapeptide with pharmacologic properties mimicking those of the natural hormone somatostatin.

Sandostatin LAR Depot
L-Cysteinamide, D-phenylalanyl-L-cysteinyl-L-phenylalanyl-D-tryptophyl-L-lysyl-L-threonyl-N-(2-hydroxy-1-(hydroxymethyl)propyl)-, cyclic(2-7)-disulfide, (R-(R*,R*))-, acetate (salt)
Octreotide Acetate Depot
AC1L1GVR
AC1Q2BPN
CCRIS 8708
Octreotide acetate [USAN:JAN]
UNII-75R0U2568I
83150-76-9 (Parent)
AC-663

Octreotide (brand name Sandostatin,^[1] Novartis Pharmaceuticals) is an octapeptide that mimics natural somatostatin pharmacologically, though it is a more potent inhibitor of growth hormone, glucagon, and insulin than the natural hormone. It was first synthesized in 1979 by the chemist Wilfried Bauer.

Since octreotide resembles somatostatin in physiological activities, it can:

• inhibit secretion of many hormones, such as gastrin, cholecystokinin, glucagon, growth hormone, insulin, secretin, pancreatic polypeptide, TSH, and vasoactive intestinal peptide,
• reduce secretion of fluids by the intestine and pancreas,
• reduce gastrointestinal motility and inhibit contraction of the gallbladder,
• inhibit the action of certain hormones from the anterior pituitary,
• cause vasoconstriction in the blood vessels, and
• reduce portal vessel pressures in bleeding varices.

It has also been shown to produce analgesic effects, most probably acting as a partial agonist at the mu opioid receptor.^[2][3]

Acromegaly is a hormonal disorder that results when the pituitary gland produces excess growth hormone (GH). It most commonly affects middle-aged adults and can result in serious illness and premature death. Once recognized, acromegaly is treatable in most patients, but because of its slow and often insidious onset, it frequently is not diagnosed correctly.

Octreotide is one drug used to treat acromegaly. Octreotide exerts pharmacologic actions similar to those of the natural hormone somatostatin. Octreotide decreases GH and IGF-1 levels, as well as glucagons and insulin. Octreotide also suppresses luteinizing hormone (LH) response to gonadotropin releasing hormone (GnRH), decreases splanchnic blood flow, and inhibits the release of serotonin, gastrin, vasoactive intestinal peptide, secretin, motilin, and pancreatic polypeptide. In many patients, GH levels fall within one hour and headaches improve within minutes after the injection of octreotide. Several studies have shown that octreotide is effective for long-term treatment. Octreotide also has been used successfully to treat patients with acromegaly caused by non-pituitary tumors. In some acromegaly patients who already have diabetes, octreotide can reduce the need for insulin and improve blood sugar control.

Octreotide is currently available as Sandostatin LAR® Depot, which is, upon reconstitution, a suspension of microspheres containing octreotide acetate. Sandostatin LAR® Depot is the only medication indicated for the long-term maintenance therapy in acromegalic patients. It is also indicated for the long-term treatment of severe diarrhea and flushing episodes associated with metastatic carcinoid tumors and profuse water diarrhea associated with VIP-secreting tumors. Sandostatin LAR® T Depot is administered via intramuscular injection every four weeks, following a titration period. Octreotide acetate has also been available in an immediate-release formulation, Sandostatin® Injection solution, which was required to be administered by injection three times daily.

Octreotide is an octapeptide with the following amino acid sequence: L-cysteinamide, D-phenylalanyl-L-cysteiny-L-phenylalanyl-D-tryptophyl-L-lysyl-L-threonyl-N-[2-hydroxy-1-(hydroxymethyl)propyl]-,cyclic (2→7)-disulfide; [R-(R*,R*)]. The structure of octreotide is shown below.

The chemical formula is C₄₉H₆₆N₁₀O₁₀S₂ and its molecular weight is 1019.3 Da. Its therapeutic category is gastric antisecretory agent.

The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has approved the usage of a salt form of this peptide, octreotide acetate, as an injectable depot formulation for the treatment of growth hormone producing tumors (acromegaly and gigantism), pituitary tumors that secrete thyroid stimulating hormone(thyrotropinoma), diarrhea and flushing episodes associated with carcinoid syndrome, and diarrhea in patients with vasoactive intestinal peptide-secreting tumors (VIPomas).

Octreotide is used in nuclear medicine imaging by labelling with indium-111 (Octreoscan) to noninvasively image neuroendocrine and other tumours expressing somatostatin receptors.^[4] More recently, it has been radiolabelled with carbon-11^[5] as well as gallium-68, enabling imaging with positron emission tomography (PET), which provides higher resolution and sensitivity.

Octreotide can also be labelled with a variety of radionuclides, such as yttrium-90 or lutetium-177, to enable peptide receptor radionuclide therapy(PRRT) for the treatment of unresectable neuroendocrine tumours.

Octreotide is the acetate salt of a cyclic octapeptide. It is a long-acting octapeptide with pharmacologic properties mimicking those of the natural hormone somatostatin. Octreotide is known chemically as L-Cysteinamide, D-phenylalanyl-L-cysteinyl-L-phenylalanyl-D-tryptophyl-L-lysyl-L-threonyl-N-[2-hydroxy-1- (hydroxy-methyl) propyl]-, cyclic (2→7)-disulfide; [R-(R*,R*)].

Sandostatin LAR Depot is available in a vial containing the sterile drug product, which when mixed with diluent, becomes a suspension that is given as a monthly intragluteal injection. The octreotide is uniformly distributed within the microspheres which are made of a biodegradable glucose star polymer, D,L-lactic and glycolic acids copolymer. Sterile mannitol is added to the microspheres to improve suspendability.

Sandostatin LAR Depot is available as: sterile 5-mL vials in 3 strengths delivering 10 mg, 20 mg, or 30 mg octreotide-free peptide. Each vial of Sandostatin LAR Depot delivers:

Each syringe of diluent contains:

The molecular weight of octreotide is 1019.3 (free peptide, C₄₉H₆₆N₁₀O₁₀S₂) and its amino acid sequence is

Octreotide has also been used off-label for the treatment of severe, refractory diarrhea from other causes. It is used in toxicology for the treatment of prolonged recurrent hypoglycemia after sulfonylurea and possibly meglitinides overdose. It has also been used with varying degrees of success in infants with nesidioblastosis to help decrease insulin hypersecretion.

Octreotide has been used experimentally to treat obesity, particularly obesity caused by lesions in the hunger and satiety centers of thehypothalamus, a region of the brain central to the regulation of food intake and energy expenditure.^[6] The circuit begins with an area of the hypothalamus, the arcuate nucleus, that has outputs to the lateral hypothalamus (LH) and ventromedial hypothalamus (VMH), the brain’s feeding and satiety centers, respectively.^[7][8] The VMH is sometimes injured by ongoing treatment for acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) or surgery or radiation to treat posterior cranial fossa tumors.^[6] With the VMH disabled and no longer responding to peripheral energy balance signals,

Octreotide has also been investigated for patients with pain from chronic pancreatitis,^[11] and it may be useful in the treatment of thymic neoplasms.

The drug has been used off-label, injected subcutaneously, in the management of hypertrophic pulmonary osteoarthropathy (HPOA) secondary to non-small cell lung carcinoma. Although its mechanism is not known, it appears to reduce the pain associated with HPOA.^{[citation needed]}

It has been used in the treatment of malignant bowel obstruction.^[12]

Octreotide may be used in conjunction with midodrine to partially reverse peripheral vasodilation in the hepatorenal syndrome. By increasing systemic vascular resistance, these drugs reduce shunting and improve renal perfusion, prolonging survival until definitive treatment with liver transplant.^[13] Similarly, octreotide can be used to treat refractory chronic hypotension.^[14]

While successful treatment has been demonstrated in case reports,^[15][16] larger studies have failed to demonstrate efficacy in treating chylothorax.^[17]

Octreotide is often give as an infusion for management of acute haemorrhage from esophageal varices in liver cirrhosis on the basis that it reduces portal venous pressure, though current evidence suggests that this effect is transient and does not improve survival.^[18]

A small study has shown that octreotide may be effective in the treatment of idiopathic intracranial hypertension.^[19][20]

Octreotide has not been adequately studied for the treatment of children, pregnant and lactating women. The drug is given to these groups of patients only if a risk-benefit analysis is positive.^[21][22]

Acetate

C₅₃H₇₄N₁₀O₁₄S₂   ,  1139.34326

The most frequent adverse effects (more than 10% of patients) are headache, hypothyroidism, cardiac conduction changes, gastrointestinal reactions (including cramps, nausea/vomiting and diarrhoea or constipation), gallstones, reduction of insulin release, hyperglycemia^[23] or hypoglycemia, and (usually transient) injection site reactions. Slow heart rate, skin reactions such aspruritus, hyperbilirubinemia, hypothyroidism, dizziness and dyspnoea are also fairly common (more than 1%). Rare side effects include acute anaphylactic reactions, pancreatitis andhepatitis.^[21][22] One study reported a possible association with rheumatoid arthritis.^[24]

Some studies reported alopecia in patients who were treated by octreotide.^[25] Rats which were treated by octreotide experienced erectile dysfunction in a 1998 study.^[26]

A prolonged QT interval has been observed in patients, but it is uncertain whether this is a reaction to the drug or part of the patients’ illnesses.^[21]

Octreotide is absorbed quickly and completely after subcutaneous application. Maximal plasma concentration is reached after 30 minutes. The elimination half-life is 100 minutes (1.7 hours) on average when applied subcutaneously; after intravenous injection, the substance is eliminated in two phases with half-lives of 10 and 90 minutes, respectively.^[21][22]

Conventional synthesis of octreotide may be divided into two main approaches, liquid-phase synthesis and solid-phase synthesis. · Octreotide first disclosed in US4395403, in which Octreotide is prepared by solution phase peptide synthesis. The process comprises; removing protected group from peptide;^‘ linking together by an amide bond to two peptide unit; converting a function group at the N- or C- terminal; oxidizing a straight chain polypeptide by boron tristrifluoroacetate.

Since all the synthesis steps are carried out in liquid phase, US’403 process is a time- consuming, multi-step synthesis and it is difficult to separate octreotide from the reaction mixtures. Another solution phase approach described in US6987167 and WO2007110765A2, in which the cyclization of partially deprotected octreotide is carried out in the solution phase using iodine under specific conditions in presence of alcoholic solvents.

US6346601 B1 , WO2005087794A1 and WO2010089757A2 disclose a process for the preparation of octreotide by hybrid approach i. e synthesis of fragments on solid phase and condensing the obtained fragments in a liquid phase.

US6476186 describes the solid phase synthesis, in which the synthesis of octreotide using Thr(ol)(tBu)-2CI-trityl resin as starting material, followed by the cleavage of the straight chain peptide from the resin using a strong acid and the formation of the intra-molecular disulfide bond on the completely deprotected octreotide by oxidation using charcoal catalyst.

US20040039161A1 provides a solid phase .peptide synthetic method for the preparation of C-terminal alcohols using trichloroacetimidate activated linker, making the required peptide chain on the resin support, cleaving the attached peptide; air oxidation to form said C- terminal amino alcohol containing peptide and a 36.3% yield of octreotide after HPLC purification.

Charcoal oxidation or air oxidation needs longer reaction time and results in low yield. Further, in large scale, the conversion of dithiol to disulfide bond ends in unconverted starting material.

Another solid phase approach describes in Bioconjugate chem. 2009, 20, 1323-1331. This article discloses the process of somatostatin and octreotide analogues using solid phase peptide synthesis with CTC resin.

Journal of Harbin Institute of Technology, 2008, Vol 40 (2), 292-295, discloses the process for the preparation of octreotide using CTC resin. According to this process the obtained octreotide has the purity 70.26% by HPLC. During the process of peptide bond formation which is mediated by a coupling agent, the carboxylic group of amino acid interacts with the coupling agent to form an activated intermediate, which in turn interacts with the amino group of the next amino acid.

Racemization is a side-reaction that occurs during the preparation of a peptide. In large scale production, the formations of small amounts of epimers are possible. Detection and removal of these impurities are very difficult. This constitutes one of the most serious drawbacks for the implementation of peptides in commercial scale production.

WO2005087794A1

Conventional syntheses of OCT may be divided two main approaches, direct solid-phase synthesis and liquid-phase synthesis. Direct solid-phase synthesis comprises attachment of a C-terminal amino acid to a resin, and step-by step elongation of the peptide chain, with pre- activated amino acids.

This route is expensive because it requires large excesses of starting amino acids and additionally is quite labor consuming as the peptide size increases, necessitating complex purification procedures to separate the product from the impurities since they are very similar to the final product. These shortcomings are especially important for large scale industrial production of the product. For example, see Canadian Patent Application 2,309,312 and U.S. Patent No. 6,476,186. With each successive condensation reaction required to add an amino acid, waste of starting materials increases, and purification steps are repeated. Liquid-phase synthesis comprises condensation of amino acids in solution. Several blocks, containing from 2 to 5 amino acids may be synthesized independently, followed by condensation of these synthons to each other in the required sequence.

For example, see WO 03/097668; U.S. Patent No. 4,395,403; and RU 2196144 C1. The advantage of this kind of processes is that it is less expensive than the previous one and the product is easier to purify. This method is also more effective for scale-up. However, liquid phase synthesis of lengthy peptide blocks, for example having more than 3 amino acids, is inefficient. Liquid-phase octreotide synthesis has the drawback is that the method is extremely labor-intensive and time consuming.

U.S. Patent No. 6,346,601 describes a method for octreotide synthesis where a solid-phase method is used to obtain a 7-mer, followed by condensation in solution with the modified amino acid threoninol. However, by using solid- phase synthesis to produce a 7-mer, only one less condensation is required compared to the solid-phase process for forming octreotide itself. Thus, only a marginal efficiency is introduced.

Summary of the invention According to an embodiment of the invention, there is provided a process for obtaining octreotide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof by hybrid solid-phase – liquid-phase synthesis. The synthesis comprises the steps of condensing two or three peptide blocks using liquid phase condensation to form a condensation product followed by cyclizing the product.

Each peptide block contains two or more amino acid residues, and at least one of the blocks is synthesized by solid-phase synthesis. The condensation product comprises in sequence the amino acids residues of octreotide. In the step of cyclizing, the condensation product is cyclized to form a disulfide bridge between the two cysteine residues, thereby forming octreotide. Further, according to another embodiment of the invention, a process is provided for obtaining an intermediate in octreotide synthesis by hybrid solid- phase – liquid-phase synthesis.

The synthesis of the intermediate comprises the steps of obtaining two or three peptide blocks, each peptide block containing two or more amino acid residues, and at least one of the blocks is synthesized by solid-phase synthesis. Subsequently, the peptide blocks are condensed using liquid phase condensation to form a condensation product, wherein the condensation product comprises in sequence the amino acids residues of octreotide.

This invention provides a more cost-effective and labor-saving method for obtaining OCT and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts by means of hybrid solid-phase – liquid-phase synthesis. The invention involves liquid phase condensation of two peptide blocks, at least one of which is obtained by solid- phase synthesis, the blocks containing more two or more amino acid residue in every block, followed by formation of a disulfide bridge from the two cysteine groups. Optionally, three blocks may be condensed. This hybrid solid phase-liquid phase method involves formation of one or more blocks of the octreotide amino acid sequence by solid-phase synthesis, followed by liquid phase condensation of the block(s) with required supplementary amino acids or other block(s) of amino acids.

This method is a blend of solid-phase and liquid-phase synthesis methods, combining the efficiencies of preparing shorter (6-mer or less) peptides using a solid-phase method with relative cheapness and easiness of purification of the product, characteristic of the liquid-phase method. Generally, the methods of invention comprise synthesizing specific side- chain protected peptide fragment intermediates of OCT on a solid support or in solution, coupling of the protected fragments in solution to form a protected OCT, followed by deprotection of the side chains and oxidation to yield the final OCT. The present invention further relates to individual peptide fragments which act as intermediates in the synthesis of the OCT

………………

WO2013046233A2

Stage-I: Preparation of protected octreotide anchored to 2-CTC Resin

Method -1:

Octreotide was synthesized manually on 2-chlorotrityl chloride resin (substitution 0.90 mmol/g) by standard Fmoc solid phase synthesis strategy. The resin was soaked in the mixture of DC and DMF for the swelling. Fmoc-Thr(tBu)-OL was treated with the swelled 2- CTC resin in DCM in the presence of DIEA and substitution level was determined by weight gain measurements and also by UV Method. After the coupling of the first amino acid onto the resin, the un-reacted linkers on the resin (polymer) are protected, to avoid the undesired peptide chain formation, with a solution of 5% DIEA and 10% methanol in DCM. This process of capping is performed after anchoring the first protected amino acid to the resin. The complete synthesis was achieved by stepwise coupling of Fmoc-Amino acids to the growing peptide chain on the resin. All the couplings were carried out in DMF. The N- terminal Fmoc group was removed with 20 %( V/V) piperidine in DMF. The couplings were performed by dissolving the Fmoc-Amino acid (2 eq.) and HOBt (2 eq.) in DMF. The solution was cooled on ice and then DIC (2 eq.) was added. The reaction mixture was added to the resin and allowed to react for 2 hrs. The efficiency of the coupling was monitored using the Kaiser Ninhydrin test. The coupling step was repeated if Kaiser test was found positive. The sequence of addition for the synthesis of Octeriotide was Fmoc-Cys(Trt), Fmo-Thr(tBu), Fmoc-Lys(Boc), Fmoc-Trp(Boc), Fmoc-Phe, Fmoc-Cys(Trt), Boc-D-Phe.

Method -2:

Octreotide was synthesized manually on 2-chlorotrityl chloride resin (substitution 0.90 mmol/g) by standard Fmoc solid phase synthesis strategy. The resin was soaked in the mixture of MDC and DMF for the swelling. Fmoc-Thr-OL was treated with the swelled 2-CTC resin in DCM in the presence of DIEA and substitution level was determined by weight gain measurements and also by UV Method. After the coupling of the first amino acid onto the resin, the un-reacted linkers on the resin (polymer) are protected, to avoid the undesired peptide chain formation, with a solution of 5% DIEA and 10% methanol in DCM. This process of capping is performed after anchoring the first protected amino acid to the resin. The complete synthesis was achieved by stepwise coupling of Fmoc-Amino acids to the growing peptide chain on the resin. All the couplings were carried out in DMF. The N- terminal Fmoc group was removed with 20 %( V7V) piperidine in DMF. The couplings were performed by dissolving the Fmoc-Amino acid (2 eq.) and HOBt (2 eq.) in DMF. The solution was cooled on ice and then DIC (2 eq.) was added. The reaction mixture was added to the resin and allowed to react for 2 hrs. The efficiency of the coupling was monitored using the Kaiser Ninhydrin test. The coupling step was repeated if Kaiser test was found positive. The sequence of addition for the synthesis of Octeriotide was Fmoc-Cys(Trt), Fmo-Thr(tBu), Fmoc-Lys(Boc), Fmoc-Trp(Boc), Fmoc-Phe, Fmoc-Cys(Trt), Boc-D-Phe.

Stage-ll: Cleavage of peptide from resin along with global deprotection

The peptide resin (200 g, obtained in stage I) was swelled in DCM (500 mL) for 15 to 20 minutes under nitrogen at 25-30° C. The cocktail mixture (2.0 L – TFA (1.8 L), water (80 mL) DCM (80mL) and TIPS (80 mL)) was charged to the resin at 25-30° C. and the obtained reaction mixture was stirred for 2.5 hours at 25-30°C under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered and washed the resin with TFA (250 mL). The obtained filtrate was charged into cold MTBE (4 L, pre-cooled to a temperature of 0 -5° C) under stirring and allowing the temperature to rise more than 5° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 45-75 minutes at 0-5°C. The obtained suspension was filtered, washed the solid with MTBE (5 L) and dried the solid under nitrogen. The product was stir with 5%ethanol in ethyl acetate at 25-30°C. Filtered the product, wash ith ethyl acetate and dried under vacuum to obtain a desired product

Stage-Ill: Disulphide bridge formation

The free thiol (100 g) obtained above is dissolved in methanol (22.0 L) with small amount of acetic acid and water (4.5 L) and stirred. Iodine solution (20gm iodine in 500 mL methanol) was added to the reaction mass slowly up to yellow color persists. The reaction was maintained for another 2 hrs, and the excess iodine quenched with Indion 830-S Resin (900 g) and filtered the resin. The filtrate was evaporated and precipitated using TBE or directly taken the solution for purification using preparative HPLC.

Stage -IV: Preparative HPLC Purification

Method-1 :

The crude disulphide bridge peptide was purified on a preparative reverse phase HPLC system using Kromasil C-18, 10 micron (50 x 250 mm). and eluting with a solvent system of 0.2% acetic acid in water(A) and 0.2% acetic acid in methanol(B). A linear gradient of 20- 60% B was used at a flow rate of 80mlJmin and detection at 220 nm.

The octreotide was eluted at around 25% methanol. The fractions were collected at regular intervals and assayed by HPLC to determine the purity of fractions. The desired purities fractions were pooled together and evaporated using Rota evaporator. The aqueous layer was lyophilized to isolate octreotide acetate

Method-2:

The crude disulphide bridge peptide was purified on a preparative reverse phase HPLC system using Kromasil C-18, 10 micron (50 x 250 mm) and eluting with a solvent system of 0.4% acetic acid in water(A) and methanol(B). A linear gradient of 25-60% B was used at a flow rate of 80mL/min and detection at 220 nm.

The octreotide was eluted at around 25% methanol. The fractions are collected at regular intervals and are assayed by HPLC to determine the purity and fractions. The desired purities may be pooled together and were evaporated using Rota evaporator. The aqueous layer was lyophilized to isolate octreotide acetate >

……………………….

WO2010089757A2

Octreotide is a highly potent and pharmacologically selective analog of somatostatin. It inhibits growth hormone for long duration and is thereof indicated for acromegaly to control and reduce the plasma level of growth hormone. The presence of D-Phe at the N-terminal and an amino alcohol at the C-terminal, along with D-Tryptophan and a cyclic structure makes it very resistant to metabolic degradation.

Octreotide comprises 8 amino acids which has the following structural formula:

(D)Phe-Cys-Phe-{D)Trp-Lys-Thr-Cys-Thr-OL

Formula(l) wherein sulphur atoms of the Cys at the position 2 and of the Cys at the position 7 are mono-cyclic to form an -S-S- bridge.

A considerable number of known, naturally occurring small and medium-sized cyclic peptides as well as some of their artificial derivatives and analogs possessing desirable pharmacological properties have been synthesized. However, wider medical use is often hampered due to complexity of their synthesis and purification. Therefore, improved methods for making these compounds in simple, lesser steps and at lesser cost are desirable and this is the felt need of the industry and the mankind.

Conventional synthesis of octreotide may be divided into two main approaches, direct solid-phase synthesis and liquid-phase synthesis. Solution phase synthesis has been described by Bauer et al., (Sandoz) (Eur. Pat. Appl. 29,579 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,395,403). The process comprises: removing protected group from peptide; linking together by an amide bond two peptide unit; converting a function group at the N- or C-terminal; oxidizing a straight chain polypeptide by boron tristrifluoroacetate. This process involves a time-consuming, multi-step synthesis, and it is difficult to separate octreotide from the reaction mixtures since all the synthesis steps are carried out in liquid phase.Another solution phase approach described by Chaturvedi, et al., (Wockhardt) in U.S. Pat. No. 6,987,167 and EP 1506219 A, claims the cyclization of partially deprotected octreotide in the solution phase using iodine under conditions and for a time sufficient to form the octreotide.

Synthesis in solid phase have been described subsequently (Mergler et al., Alsina et al., Neugebauer). The above prior art for solid phase peptide synthesis cites the octapeptide formation, by starting the synthesis from the threoninol residue which makes it mandatory to protect this residue. Mergler et al., (Peptides: Chemistry and Biology. Proceedings of the 12* American Peptide Symposium. Smith, J.A. And Rivier J.E. Eds ESCOM, Leiden, Poster 292 Presentation, (1991) ) describes a synthetic process, using an aminoethyl resin upon which the Threoninol residue is incorporated with the two alcohol functions protected in acetal form The synthesis is carried out following an Fmoc/tBu protection scheme, forming the disulphide bridge on resin by oxidation of the thiol groups of the previously deprotected cysteine residues and releasing and deprotecting the peptide with a 20% mixture of TFA/DCM.

In early 1997, Alsina J. et al. ( Alsina J., Chiva C, Ortiz M., Rabanal F., Giralt E., and Albericio F., Tetrahedron Letters, 38, 883-886, 1997) described the incorporation, on active carbonate resins, of a Threoninol residue with the amino group protected by the Boc group and the side chain protected by a BzI group. The synthesis was then continued by Boc/Bzl strategy. Formation of the disulfide bridge was carried out directly on resin using iodine and the peptide was cleaved from the resin and its side chain protecting groups were simultaneously removed with HF/anisole 9/1. At the final stage the formyl group was removed with a piperidine/DMF solution.

Neugebauer (Neugebauer W., Lefevre M.R., Laprise R, Escher E., Peptides: Chemistry, Structure and Biology, p 1017, Marshal G.R. And Rivier J.E. Eds. ESCOM.Leiden (1990) described a linear synthesis with a yield of only 7%.

Edwards et al., (Edwards B.W., Fields C.G., Anderson CJ., Pajeau T.S., Welch M.J., Fields G.B., J.Med.Chem. 37, 3749-3757 (1994) carried out another another solid- phase type approximation; they synthesized step-by-step on the resin, the peptide D- Phe-Cys(Acm)-Phe-D-Tφ(Boc)-Lys(Boc)-Thr(tBu)-Cys(Acm)-HMP-Resin. Next they proceeded to form the disulfide on resin and then release the peptide from the resin by means of aminolysis with threoninol, with obtaining a total yield of only 14%.

The solid phase synthesis described by Yao-Tsung Hsieh et. al., in U.S. Pat. No. 6,476,186 involves the synthesis of octreotide by using Thr(ol)(tBu)-2Cl-trityl resin as starting material followed by the cleavage of the straight chain peptide from the resin by using a strong acid and the formation of the intra-molecular disulfide bond on the completely deprotected octreotide by oxidation using charcoal catalyst and a higher yield of >70%.

Another solid phase synthesis described by Berta Ponsati et.al (Lipotec) in U.S. Pat No. 6,346,601 and EP 0953577 B involve the coupling of threoninol on the protected heptapeptide in solution, after a selective acid cleavage from the chlorotrityl resin without affecting the peptide side-chain protecting groups.

A hybrid solid phase-liquid phase method for synthesis of octreotide described by Iarov et al., (Dalton Chemical Laboratories) in WO 2005087794 wherein the method comprises liquid phase condensation of two or three peptide blocks in which at least one peptide block is synthesized by solid-phase method.

EP 1511761 Bl involves cyclization on the semi-protected linear peptide wherein one of the cysteine residue is protected with an orthogonal protecting group. The radioactive isotope labeling of octreotide by the coupling of bifunctional chelating agents like DTPA or DOTA to the peptide was described by Te- Wei Lee et al., in U.S. Pat. No. 5,889,146 (Inst, of Nuclear Energy Research)

The method for cyclization of linear vapreotide by means of intramolecular cysteine formation has been described by Quattrini et. al., (Lonza AG) in WO 2006048144, wherein the process involves the synthesis of linear vapreotide peptide on Sieber-resin (from Novabiochem) by Fmoc standard groups, wherein the side chain protecting groups are D or L-Trp(Boc), Cys(Trt), Lys(Boc), Tyr(tBu). The protected peptide is cleaved off in 5% TFA in dichloromethane and then globally deprotected by acidolysis in a cleavage mix of 300 equivalents of concentrated TFA, 12 equivalents of Dithiothreitol, 12 equivalents of Dichloromethane, 50 equivalents of water forl hour at room temperature. The Boc groups are removed. The product was subjected to charcoal method using trace amounts of activated, powdered charcoal wherein a concentration of the linear cysteinyl peptide of 50 mg/ml (1 eq.) in DMF in the presence of 1 eq. Diisopropyl-ethyl-amine and that additionally air was sparged at low pressure into the liquid under stirring. After 15-20 hrs, 100% conversion was achieved with 84% (w/w) analytical yield of 79% vapreotide.

The formation of intramolecular disulphide formation in a polypeptide by reacting with hydrogen peroxide has been described by Mineo Niwa et al. (Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co.) in U.S. Pat. No.5, 102,985 wherein the reaction is to be carried out at a pH of about 6 tol 1, wherein the molar ratio of H₂O₂ to polypeptide is within the range of 1:1 to 100:1. The above cited prior art mainly carries out the cyclization of the peptide on the resin or on partially protected or protected peptides. The use of partial or minimal protecting group strategies and improvement in the activation methods have considerable effect on limitations of poor solubility and possible danger of racemization due to the overactivation of carboxyl groups. However, these approaches do not overcome the problem of the poor coupling efficiency between large peptide segments, because of the intrinsic difficulty of obtaining effective molar concentrations for high molecular weight molecules.

Example 8:

Oxidation of S-H peptide with DMSO-HCl to get S-S peptide:

(D)Phe-Cys-Phe-(D)Trp-Lys-Thr-Cys-Thr-OL

Formula (1)

S-H peptide ( 9g) was dissolved in 6.5L DMSO and under ice-cooling 6.5L IM HCl was added slowly so that temperature is below 26°C. Stirring was continued for 6 hours. At room temperature after six hours reaction mixture was diluted with 13L of water and filtered through Whatman no. 41 through Celite bed. The filtrate was loaded on C- 18 column for concentration. The compound was eluted with 100% acetonitrile. The eluant was concentrated on rotavap and then the concentrated solution was centri-evaporated to dryness. The RP-HPLC profile of crude octreotide is depicted in Figure 1.

Weight of crude peptide =3.9g.(45%)

Purity: 44.25%

Example 9:

Purification of crude octreotide:

The crude octreotide was loaded on to cation ion exchange column and eluted using a salt gradient using a Akta Purifier (by Amersham, Sweden) low pressure chromatography system. The IEX fractions of purity >70% were further loaded for RP-HPLC purification on Kromacil C-18 column of (250x50mm,100A°.) The peptide was purified by using aqueous TF A(O-0.5%) and methanol/ethanol and/or Acetonitrile in a gradient program on a Shimadzu preparative HPLC System consisting of a controller, 2 LC8A pumps, and UV-Vis detector. The purified peptide was analysed by analytical RP-HPLC (Figure 5). Fractions of > 99% purity were subjected either by RP-HPLC or IEX to salt exchange and concentrated to remove organic solvent either by rota or reverse osmosis and subsequently lyophilized to get final API with purification step yield of 70% or above.The MS spectrum of octreotide is depicted in Figure 6.

References

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

Powder dispersion

One of the main criteria for the effective drug delivery via lungs is the size of the inhaled particle. Respirable size i.e. the particle is transported to deep lungs (alveoli region) is around 1 – 5 micrometers. The particle size can be easily controlled in the powder production. The powders, however, tend to stick to each other in the collection. Therefore, the dispersion and deagglomeration behavior of the powder should be studied.

The dispersion testing of the fine powders was conducted with the novel deagglomeration apparatus [14]. Powder agglomerates, i.e. the mixture of carrier and fine powders, is fed continuously through a narrow tube with the aid of thin air flow of 1.2 l/min. At the outlet of the needle the agglomerates are subjected to the main flow rate (Q_M) from 15 to 90 l/min intending to disperse the powder i.e. deagglomeration zone, see Figure 8. These Q_M values correspond to the jet Reynolds numbers from 8000 to 48000. The flow forms a highly turbulent space, i.e. the deagglomeration zone, where possible break-up of powder agglomerates takes place. The fine powder particles are isokinetically sampled from homogeneously mixed aerosol into low-pressure impactors. Fine particle fractions (FPF), mass medium aerodynamic diameter (MMAD), and size distribution can be determined at different flow rates.

Figure 9 illustrates a common trend in the change of the particle distribution at different flow rates. As seen, all the dispersed particles, in this case salbutamol 92 w% and L-leucine 8 w%, are within the respirable size range. Also, the increase in the flow rate from 15 to 90 l/min improved the powders dispersion (the increase in particle concentration) and deagglomeration (the size of the dispersed particles decreases).

In dry powder inhaler the fine drug particles are commonly mixed with large lactose particles. These lactose carriers aid the dispersion of fine particles. Figure 10 shows the fine particle fractions of the peptide-coated drug powders that were introduced to the dispersion testing without lactose carriers. The powders with crystalline L-leucine surface exhibited good flowability that made possible to feed these powders as such i.e. without carrier particles. More importantly, they showed excellent deagglomeration performance even at very low flow rate.

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

CHEMDRAW PRO 8.0

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

Lesinurad

Acetic acid, 2-[[5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropyl-1-naphthalenyl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl]thio]-,
sodium salt (1:1)
Sodium 2-{[5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-
yl]sulfanyl}acetate

2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetic acid

MOLECULAR FORMULA C17H13BrN3NaO2S

MOLECULAR WEIGHT 426.3

http://clinicaltrials.gov/show/NCT01508702

http://www.ama-assn.org/resources/doc/usan/lesinurad.pdf

Ardea Biosciences, Inc.

• Lesinurad
• RDEA 594
• RDEA594
• UNII-09ERP08I3W

Gout phase 3

Gout is associated with elevated levels of uric acid that crystallize and deposit in joints, tendons, and surrounding tissues. Gout is marked by recurrent attacks of red, tender, hot, and/or swollen joints.

This study will assess the serum uric acid lowering effects and safety of lesinurad compared to placebo in patients who are intolerant or have a contraindication to allopurinol or febuxostat.

http://euroscan.org.uk/technologies/technology/view/2386

Lesinurad (RDEA-594, lesinurad sodium) is a selective urate transporter-1 (URAT-1) inhibitor, which blocks the reabsorption of urate within the renal proximal tubule. It is intended for the treatment of gout after failure of first line therapy and is administered orally at 400mg once daily

A Phase 3 Randomized, Double-Blind, Multicenter, Placebo- Controlled Study to Assess the Efficacy and Safety of Lesinurad Monotherapy Compared to Placebo in Subjects With Gout and an Intolerance or Contraindication to a Xanthine Oxidase Inhibitor

AstraZeneca’s lesinurad (formerly known as RDEA-594) is a selective oral Uric Acid Transporter URAT1 inhibitor currently in Phase III development for the treatment of of gout. The regulatory filings for lesinurad in the US and Europe are expected for the first half of 2014.

Gout (also known as podagra when it involves the big toe), while not life-threatening, is an excruciatingly painful condition caused by a buildup of a waste product in the blood called uric acid, which is normally eliminated from the body through urine. Excess Uric acid crystallizes and get deposited in the joints (usually the big toes), creating symptoms similar to an acute arthritis flare. Gout has seen a recent gradual resurgence as a result of rising obesity rates and poor diet according to a study in the journal Annals of the Rheumatic Diseases.

The current Standard treatment for gout works by inhibiting a protein called xanthine oxidase that helps in the formation of the uric acid.  These therapies, some of which have been used for more than 50 years, are not effective in all patients.  One is a generic drug called allopurinol that was approved in the U.S. in 1966. The other is febuxostat, marketed by Takeda Pharmaceutical Co. in the U.S. asUloric and by Ipsen SA and others in Europe as Adenuric and approved in the U.S. in 2009.

AstraZeneca’s new product Lesinurad, a selective uric acid re-absorption inhibitor (SURI),  tackles gout by blocking a protein called Uric acid trasporter 1 (URAT1) that otherwise would cause the body to reabsorb the uric acid.  AstraZeneca acquired lesinurad (aka RDEA-594) as part of its $1.26 billion takeouver of San Diego-based Ardea Biosciences in 2012. RDEA594 is a metabolite of RDEA806, a non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor originally developed for HIV.

In top-line results from a Phase III LIGHT study released by AstraZeneca in December 2013 on gout patients who get no benefit from Zyloprim (allopurinol)  and febuxostat, lesinurad alone significantly reduced serum levels of uric acid. The company has three other phase III studies ongoing that are testing the use of the drug alongside allopurinol and febuxostat, and these should generate results in the middle of 2014. Analysts at JPMorgan Chase forecast lesinurad alone may have peak sales of $1 billion a year. AstraZeneca also has a second, more potent drug called RDEA3179 to treat elevated levels of uric acid or hyperuricemia. Pfizer’s KUX-1151, licensed from Japan’s Kissei Phmarceuticals, is in early stage development.

Gout is not an automatic success indication of drugmakers. Savient Pharmaceuticals filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in October 2013 in the face of a severe cash crisis, having spent hundreds of millions of dollars on its would-be flagship — the gout-fighting drug Krystexxa (pegloticase) — with limited results. Krystexxa (pegloticase), a twice-monthly infusion designed to treat severe chronic gout that doesn’t respond to conventional therapy, was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration in September 2010. Crealta Pharmaceuticals acquired Savient for $120.4 million in December 2013.

Lesinurad
RDEA-594
2-{[5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl]sulfanyl}acetic acid
CAS number:  878672-00-5  (Lesinurad), 1151516-14-1 (Lesinurad  sodium)
Mechanism of Action:once-daily inhibitor of URAT1, a transporter in the kidney that regulates uric acid excretion from the body
US patents:US8242154 , US8173690, US808448
Indication: Gout
Developmental Status: Phase III (US, UK, EU)
Originator: Ardea Biosciences (Acquired by AstraZeneca for $1.26 billion in 2012)
Developer: AstraZeneca

…………………………

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US8242154

Example 8 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetic acid

Sodium hydroxide solution (2M aqueous, 33.7 mL, 67 mmol, 2 eq) was added to a suspension of 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)-N-(2-chloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide (prepared by previously published procedures; 20 g, 34 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL) and the mixture heated at reflux for 4 hours. Charcoal (10 g) was added, the mixture stirred at room temperature for 12 hours and the charcoal removed by filtration. The charcoal was washed several times with ethanol and the filtrate then concentrated. Water (200 mL) was added and then concentrated to approx. one third volume, to remove all ethanol. Water (200 mL) and ethyl acetate (250 mL) were added, the mixture stirred vigorously for 15 mins and the organic layer removed. The aqueous layer was cooled to 0° C. and acidified by treatment with HCl (1N) resulting in the formation of a cloudy oily precipitate. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×) and the combined organic extracts dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetic acid as an off white solid (11.2 g, 82%).

Example 102 Methyl 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate

Cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (150 mL, 0.5M in tetrahydrofuran) was slowly added to a solution of 1-bromonaphthalene (10 g, 50 mmol) and [1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane]dichloro nickel (II) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) stirred at 0° C., and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and ethyl acetate and aqueous ammonium chloride were added. After extraction, the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 1-cyclopropylnaphthalene (6.4 g, 76%).

Sodium nitrite (30 mL) was slowly added (over 2 hours) to 1-cyclopropylnaphthalene (6.4 g, 38 mmol) stirred at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for an extra 30 min and then slowly poured into ice. Water was added, followed by ethyl acetate. After extraction, the organic layer was washed with aqueous sodium hydroxide (1%) and water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 1-cyclopropyl-4-nitronaphthalene (5.2 g, 64%).

A solution of 1-cyclopropyl-4-nitronaphthalene (5 g, 23 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL) was stirred under hydrogen in the presence of Pd/C (10% net, 1.8 g). The reaction mixture was shaken overnight, filtered over celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 1-amino-4-cyclopropylnaphthalene (3.1 g, 73%).

Thiophosgene (1.1 g, 9.7 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 1-amino-4-cyclopropylnaphthalene (1.8 g, 9.7 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (2 eq) in dichloromethane (50 mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min at 0° C. and then aqueous HCl (1% solution) was added. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Hexane was added, and the resulting precipitate was filtered. The solvent was evaporated to yield 1-cyclopropyl-4-isothiocyanatonaphthalene (1.88 g, 86%).

A mixture of aminoguanidine hydrochloride (3.18 g, 29 mmol), 1-cyclopropyl-4-isothiocyanatonaphthalene (3.24 g, 14 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (3 eq) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at 50° C. for 15 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, toluene added, and the solvent was evaporated again. Sodium hydroxide solution (2M, 30 mL) was added and the reaction mixture heated at 50° C. for 60 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate neutralized with aqueous HCl (2M). The mixture was re-filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 5-amino-4-(1-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3-thiol (2.0 g, 49%).

Methyl 2-chloroacetate (0.73 mL, 8.3 mmol) was added dropwise over 5 mins to a suspension of 5-amino-4-(1-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3-thiol (2.24 g, 7.9 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.21 g, 8.7 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) at room temperature. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 h and slowly poured into a stirred ice-cold water solution. The tan precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration and dried under high vacuum at 50° C. for 16 h in the presence of P₂O₅ to yield methyl 2-(5-amino-4-(1-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate (2.24 g, 80%).

Sodium nitrite (2.76 g, 40 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 2-(5-amino-4-(1-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate (0.71 g, 2 mmol) and benzyltriethylammonium chloride (1.63 g, 6 mmol) in bromoform (10 mL). Dichloroacetic acid (0.33 mL, 4 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The mixture was directly loaded onto a 7-inch column of silica gel, packed with dichloromethane (DCM). The column was first eluted with DCM until all bromoform eluted, then eluted with acetone/DCM (5:95) to give methyl 2-(5-bromo-4-(1-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate (713 mg, 85%).

Example 104 Sodium 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate

Aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1M, 2.0 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added dropwise over 5 mins to a solution of 2-(5-bromo-4-(1-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetic acid (810 mg, 2.0 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) at 10° C. The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for a further 10 mins. Volatile solvents were removed in vacuo to dryness to provide sodium 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate as a solid (850 mg, 100%).

Example 103 2-(5-Bromo-4-(1-cyclopropylnapthalen-4-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetic acid

A solution of lithium hydroxide (98 mg, 4.1 mmol) in water (10 mL) was added dropwise over 5 mins to a solution of methyl 2-(5-bromo-4-(1-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate (prepared as described in example 1 above; 1.14 g, 2.7 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) and THF (10 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for a further 45 mins and then neutralized to pH 7 by the addition of 0.5N HCl solution at 0° C. The resulting mixture was concentrated in vacuo to ⅕th of its original volume, then diluted with water (˜20 mL) and acidified to pH 2-3 by the addition of 0.5N HCl to produce a sticky solid. (If the product comes out as an oil during acidification, extraction with DCM is recommended.) The tan solid was collected by vacuum filtration and dried under high vacuum at 50° C. for 16 h in the presence of P₂O₅ to yield 2-(5-bromo-4-(1-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetic acid (1.02 g, 93%).

1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.84-0.91 (m, 2 H) 1.12-1.19 (m, 2 H) 2.54-2.61 (m, 1 H) 3.99 (d, J = 1.45 Hz, 2 H) 7.16 (d, J = 7.88 Hz, 1 H) 7.44 (d, J = 7.46 Hz, 1 H) 7.59-7.70 (m, 2 H) 7.75 (td, J = 7.62, 1.14 Hz, 1 H) 8.59 (d, J = 8.50 Hz, 1 H) 12.94 (br. s., 1 H)

Mass found: 404.5 (M + 1)

B

……

POLYMORPHS AND SYNTHESIS

WO2011085009A2

Described herein are various polymorphic, crystalline and mesophase forms of sodium 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-l-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate which decreases uric acid levels, (see for example US patent publication 2009/0197825, US patent publication 2010/0056464 and US patent publication 2010/0056465). Details of clinical studies involving sodium 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-l-yl)-4H-l,2,4- triazol-3-ylthio)acetate have been described in International patent application

PCT/US2010/052958.

Polymorph Form A

In one embodiment, sodium 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-l-yl)-4H- l,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate polymorph Form A exhibits an x-ray powder diffraction pattern characterized by the diffraction pattern summarized in Table 1 A or Table IB. In some embodiments, provided herein is a polymorph of sodium 2-(5-bromo-4-(4- cyclopropylnaphthalen-l-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate comprising at least 3 peaks of (±0.1°2Θ) of Table 1A or IB. In certain embodiments, provided herein is a polymorph of sodium 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-l-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate comprising at least 4 peaks of (±0.1°2Θ) of Table 1A or IB, at least 5 peaks of (±0.1°2Θ) of Table 1A or IB, at least 6 peaks of (±0.1°2Θ) of Table 1A or IB, at least 8 peaks of

(±0. Γ2Θ) of Table 1A or IB, at least 10 peaks of (±0. Γ2Θ) of Table 1A, at least 15 peaks of (±0. Γ2Θ) of Table 1A, at least 20 peaks of (±0. Γ2Θ) of Table 1A, at least 25 peaks of (±0.1 °2Θ) of Table 1A, or at least 30 peaks of (±0.1 °2Θ) of Table 1A.

Examples

I Preparation of compounds

Example 1: Preparation of sodium 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-l-yl)-4H-l,2,4- triazol-3-ylthio)acetate

Sodium 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen- 1 -yl)-4H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate was prepared according to previously described procedures (see US patent publication

2009/0197825) and as outlined below.

[00103] Aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1M, 2.0 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added dropwise over 5 min to a solution of 2-(5-bromo-4-(l-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H- l,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetic acid (810 mg, 2.0 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) at 10 °C. The mixture was stirred at 10 °C for a further 10 min. Volatile solvents were removed in vacuo to dryness to provide sodium 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-l-yl)-4H-l,2,4- triazol-3-ylthio)acetate as a solid (850 mg, 100%).

Example 2: Preparation of 2-(5-Bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen- 1 -yl)-4H- 1 ,2,4-triazol- 3-ylthio)acetic acid

2-(5-Bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen- 1 -yl)-4H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetic acid was prepared according to previously described procedures (see US patent publication

2009/0197825) and as outlined below.

[00104] Route i:

Sodium hydroxide solution (2M aqueous, 33.7 mL, 67 mmol, 2 eq) was added to a suspension of 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-l-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)-N- (2-chloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide (prepared by previously published procedures, see US 2009/0197825; 20 g, 34 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL) and the mixture heated at reflux for 4 hours. Charcoal (10 g) was added, the mixture stirred at room temperature for 12 hours and the charcoal removed by filtration. The charcoal was washed several times with ethanol and the filtrate then concentrated. Water (200 mL) was added and then concentrated to approx. one third volume to remove all ethanol. Water (200 mL) and ethyl acetate (250 mL) were added, the mixture stirred vigorously for 15 min and the organic layer removed. The aqueous layer was cooled to 0 °C and acidified by treatment with HCl (IN) resulting in the formation of a cloudy oily precipitate. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x) and the combined organic extracts dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 2-(5- bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-l-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetic acid as an off white solid (11.2 g, 82%).

[00105] Route ii:

STEP A: 1-Cyclopropylnaphthalene

Cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (150 mL, 0.5M in tetrahydrofuran) was slowly added to a solution of 1-bromonaphthalene (10 g, 50 mmol) and [l,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane] dichloro nickel (II) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) stirred at 0 °C, and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and ethyl acetate and aqueous ammonium chloride were added. After extraction, the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 1-cyclopropylnaphthalene (6.4 g, 76%). ] STEP B: l-Cyclopropyl-4-nitronaphthalene

Sodium nitrite (30 mL) was slowly added (over 2 hours) to 1-cyclopropylnaphthalene (6.4 g, 38 mmol) stirred at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for an extra 30 min and then slowly poured into ice. Water was added, followed by ethyl acetate. After extraction, the organic layer was washed with aqueous sodium hydroxide (1%) and water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield l-cyclopropyl-4-nitronaphthalene (5.2 g, 64%).

[00108] STEP C: l-Amino-4-cyclopropylnaphthalene

A solution of l-cyclopropyl-4-nitronaphthalene (5 g, 23 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL) was stirred under hydrogen in the presence of Pd/C (10% net, 1.8 g). The reaction mixture was shaken overnight, filtered over celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield l-amino-4-cyclopropylnaphthalene (3.1 g, 73%).

STEP D: l-Cyclopropyl-4-isothiocvanatonaphthalene

Thiophosgene (1.1 g, 9.7 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of l-amino-4- cyclopropylnaphthalene (1.8 g, 9.7 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (2 eq) in

dichloromethane (50 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min at 0 °C and then aqueous HCl (1% solution) was added. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Hexane was added, and the resulting precipitate was filtered. The solvent was evaporated to yield l-cyclopropyl-4-isothiocyanatonaphthalene (1.88 g, 86%>).

[00110] STEP E: 5-Amino-4-(l-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazole-3- thiol

A mixture of aminoguanidine hydrochloride (3.18 g, 29 mmol), l-cyclopropyl-4- isothiocyanato naphthalene (3.24 g, 14 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (3 eq) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 15 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, toluene added, and the solvent was evaporated again. Sodium hydroxide solution (2M, 30 mL) was added and the reaction mixture heated at 50 °C for 60 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate neutralized with aqueous HCl (2M). The mixture was re-filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 5-amino-4-(l-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazole-3- thiol (2.0 g, 49%). [00111] STEP F: Methyl 2-(5-amino-4-(l-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-l,2,4- -3 -ylthio)acetate

Methyl 2-chloroacetate (0.73 mL, 8.3 mmol) was added dropwise over 5 min to a suspension of 5-amino-4-(l-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazole-3-thiol (2.24 g, 7.9 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.21 g, 8.7 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) at room

temperature. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 h and slowly poured into a stirred ice-cold water solution. The tan precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration and dried under high vacuum at 50 °C for 16 h in the presence of P2O5 to yield methyl 2-(5- amino-4-(l-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate (2.24 g, 80%).

[00112] STEP G: Methyl 2-(5-bromo-4-(l-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-l,2,4- triazol-3 -ylthio)acetate

Sodium nitrite (2.76 g, 40 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 2-(5-amino-4-(l- cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate (0.71 g, 2 mmol) and benzyltriethylammonium chloride (1.63 g, 6 mmol) in bromoform (10 mL). Dichloroacetic acid (0.33 mL, 4 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture stirred at room

temperature for 3 h. The mixture was directly loaded onto a 7-inch column of silica gel, packed with dichloromethane (DCM). The column was first eluted with DCM until all bromoform eluted, then eluted with acetone/DCM (5:95) to give methyl 2-(5-bromo-4-(l- cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate (713 mg, 85%).

[00113] STEP H: 2-(5-Bromo-4-(l-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3- )acetic acid

A solution of lithium hydroxide (98 mg, 4.1 mmol) in water (10 mL) was added dropwise over 5 min to a solution of methyl 2-(5-bromo-4-(l-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-l,2,4- triazol-3-ylthio)acetate (1.14 g, 2.7 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) and THF (10 mL) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for a further 45 min and then neutralized to pH 7 by the addition of 0.5N HC1 solution at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was concentrated in vacuo to l/5th of its original volume, then diluted with water (~20 mL) and acidified to pH 2-3 by the addition of 0.5N HC1 to produce a sticky solid. (If the product comes out as an oil during acidification, extraction with dichloromethane is recommended.) The tan solid was

collected by vacuum filtration and dried under high vacuum at 50 °C for 16 h in the

presence of P₂O₅ to yield 2-(5-bromo-4-(l-cyclopropylnaphthalen-4-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3- ylthio)acetic acid (1.02 g, 93%).

………………………….

US20100081827

EXAMPLES

The following experiments are provided only by way of example, and should not be understood as limiting the scope of the invention.

COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION 2-[5-Bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl]-N-(2-chloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide (Method A)

1-Cyclopropyl-naphthalene

Cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (150 mL, 0.5 M in tetrahydrofuran) was slowly added to a solution of 1-bromo-naphthalene (10 g, 50 mmol) and [1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane]dichloronickel(II) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) stirred at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. EtOAc and ammonium chloride in water were added. After extraction, the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 1-cyclopropyl-naphthalene (6.4 g, 76%).

1-Cyclopropyl-4-nitro-naphthalene

Sodium nitrite (30 mL) was slowly added (over 2 hours) to 1-cyclopropyl-naphthalene (6.4 g, 38 mmol) stirred at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for an extra 30 min and then was slowly poured into ice. Water was added, followed by EtOAc. After extraction, the organic layer was washed with a 1% aqueous solution of NaOH, then washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 1-cyclopropyl-4-nitro-naphthalene (5.2 g, 64%).

1-Amino-4-cyclopropyl-naphthalene

A solution of 1-cyclopropyl-4-nitro-naphthalene (5 g, 23 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL) was stirred under hydrogen in the presence of Pd/C (10% net, 1.8 g). The reaction mixture was shaken overnight, then filtered over celite. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 1-amino-4-cyclopropyl-naphthalene (3.1 g, 73%).

1-Cyclopropyl-4-isothiocyanato-naphthalene

Thiophosgene (1.1 g, 9.7 mmol) was added to a solution of 1-amino-4-cyclopropyl-naphthalene (1.8 g, 9.7 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (2 eq) in dichloromethane (50 mL) stirred at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min at this temperature, then a 1% solution of HCl in water was added and the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Hexane was added, and the resulting precipitate was filtered. The solvent was evaporated to yield 1-cyclopropyl-4-isothiocyanatonaphthalene (1.88 g, 86%).

5-Amino-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazole-3-thiol

A mixture of aminoguanidine hydrochloride (3.18 g, 29 mmol), 1-cyclopropyl-4-isothiocyanato-naphthalene (3.24 g, 14 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (3 eq) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at 50° C. for 15 hours. The solvent was evaporated, toluene was added, and the solvent was evaporated again. A 2.0 M aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (30 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for 60 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was neutralized with a 2.0 M aqueous solution of HCl. New filtration, then evaporation of solvent and purification of the residue by silica gel chromatography to yield 5-amino-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazole-3-thiol (2.0 g, 49%).

2-[5-Amino-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl]-N-(2-chloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)Acetamide

In a solution of 5-amino-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazole-3-thiol (708 mg, 2.5 mmol), K₂CO₃ (380 mg, 2.5 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added 2-chloro-N-(2-chloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide (710 mg, 2.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Upon completion of the reaction, the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 2-[5-Amino-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl]-N-(2-chloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide (1.26 g, 95%).

2-[5-Bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl]-N-(2-chloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide

Dichloroacetic acid (180 uL, 2.2 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-[5-amino-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl]-N-(2-chloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide (0.59 g, 1.1 mmol), sodium nitrite (1.5 g, 22 mmol) and BTEABr (0.91 g, 3.3 mmol) in dibromomethane (30 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours, then extracted with dichloromethane and sodium bicarbonate in water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 2-[5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl]-N-(2-chloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide (224 mg, 31%).

2-[5-Bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazole-3-ylsulfanyl]-N-(2-chloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide (Method B)

2-[5-Amino-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl]acetic acid methyl ester

Procedure:

To a suspension of thiotriazole and potassium carbonate in DMF was added methyl chloroacetate dropwise at room temperature for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 h and slowly poured into a stirred ice-cold water solution. The tan precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration and dried under high vacuum at 50° C. for 16 h in the presence of P₂O₅ to yield 2.24 g (80%) of the title compound.

2-[5-Bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl]acetic acid methyl ester

Procedure:

To a solution of 2-[5-amino-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl]acetic acid methyl ester and benzyltriethylammonium chloride in bromoform was added sodium nitrite. To the mixture was added dichloroacetic acid and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The mixture was directly loaded onto a 7-inch column of silica gel that was packed with CH₂Cl₂. The column was first eluted with CH₂Cl₂ until all CHBr₃ eluted, and was then eluted with acetone/CH₂Cl₂ (5:95) to give 713 mg (85%) of the title compound.

2-[5-Bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl]acetic acid

Procedure:

To a solution of 2-[5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl]acetic acid methyl ester, in a mixture of THF and EtOH at 0° C., was added a solution of LiOH in H₂O dropwise over 5 min. The reaction was complete after stirring at 0° C. for an additional 45 min. The reaction was neutralized to pH 7 by the addition of 0.5 N HCl solution at 0° C., and the resulting mixture was concentrated in vacuo to ⅕th of its original volume. The mixture was diluted with H₂O (˜20 mL) and acidified to pH 2-3 by the addition of 0.5 N HCl to produce sticky solid. (If the product comes out as an oil during acidification, extraction with CH₂Cl₂ is recommended.) The tan solid was collected by vacuum filtration and dried under high vacuum at 50° C. for 16 h in the presence of P₂O₅ to yield 1.02 g (93%) of the title compound.

REF:

Esmir Gunic, Jean-Luc Girardet, Jean-Michel Vernier, Martina E. Tedder, David A. Paisner;Compounds, compositions and methods of using same for modulating uric acid levels;US patent number US8242154 B2 ;Also published as  US20100056465, US20130040907;Original Assignee: Ardea Biosciences, Inc

Esmir Gunic, Jean-Luc Girardet, Jean-Michel Vernier, Martina E. Tedder, David A. Paisner;Compounds, compositions and methods of using same for modulating uric acid levels;US patent number US8173690 B2;Also published as  US20100056464;Original Assignee: Ardea Biosciences, Inc

Barry D. Quart, Jean-Luc Girardet, Esmir Gunic, Li-Tain Yeh;Compounds and compositions and methods of use;US patent number US8084483 B2; Also published as CA2706858A1, CA2706858C, CN101918377A, CN102643241A, CN103058944A, EP2217577A2, EP2217577A4, US8283369, US8357713, US8546437, US20090197825, US20110268801, US20110293719, US20120164222, US20140005136, WO2009070740A2, WO2009070740A3;Original Assignee:Ardea Biosciences, Inc.

Gunic, Esmir; Galvin, Gabriel;Manufacture of 2-[5-bromo-4-(cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio]acetic acid and related compounds;PCT Int. Appl., WO2014008295 A1

Zamansky, Irina et al;Process for preparation of polymorphic, crystalline, and mesophase forms of 2-[[5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropyl-1-naphthalenyl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl]thio]acetic acid sodium salt; PCT Int. Appl., WO2011085009

Gunic, Esmir et al;Preparation of naphthalene thio triazole derivatives and their use for modulating uric acid levels; U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ., 20100056465
unic, Esmir et al;Preparation of naphthalene thio triazole derivatives and their use for modulating uric acid levels;U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ., 20100056464

Quart, Barry D. et al;Preparation of azole carboxylates as modulators of blood uric acid levels;PCT Int. Appl., 2009070740, 04 Jun 2009

Girardet, Jean-Luc et al;Preparation of S-triazolyl α-mercaptoacetanilides as inhibitors of HIV reverse transcriptase;PCT Int. Appl., WO2006026356

US20100056465 * Sep 4, 2009 Mar 4, 2010 Ardea Biosciences Compounds, compositions and methods of using same for modulating uric acid levels
US20100056542 * Sep 4, 2009 Mar 4, 2010 Ardea Biosciences Compounds, compositions and methods of using same for modulating uric acid levels
WO2009070740A2 * Nov 26, 2008 Jun 4, 2009 Ardea Biosciences Inc Novel compounds and compositions and methods of use
WO2011085009A2 * Jan 5, 2011 Jul 14, 2011 Ardea Biosciences, Inc. Polymorphic, crystalline and mesophase forms of sodium 2-(5-bromo-4-(4-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl)-4h-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio)acetate, and uses thereof

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

Cabazitaxel

For treatment of patients with hormone-refractory metastatic prostate cancer previously treated with a docetaxel-containing treatment regimen.

4-acetoxy-2α-benzoyloxy-5β,20-epoxy-1-hydroxy-7β,10β-dimethoxy-9-oxotax-11-en-13α-yl(2R,3S)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionate

(1S,2S,3R,4S,7R,9S,10S,12R,15S)-4-(Acetyloxy)-15-{[(2R,3S)-3-{[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}-2-hydroxy-3-phenylpropanoyl]oxy}-1-hydroxy-9,12-dimethoxy-10,14,17,17-tetramethyl-11-oxo-6-oxatetracyclo[11.3.1.0^3,10.0^4,7]heptadec-13-ene-2-yl benzoate

183133-96-2

EMA:Link, US FDA:link

Cabazitaxel is prepared by semi-synthesis from 10-deacetylbaccatin III (10-DAB) which is extracted from yew tree needles. The chemical name of cabazitaxel is (2α,5β,7β,10β,13α)-4-acetoxy-13-({(2R,3S)-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-hydroxy-3-phenylpropanoyl}oxy)-1-hydroxy-7,10-dimethoxy-9-oxo-5,20-epoxy-tax-11-en-2-yl benzoate and is marketed as a 1:1 acetone solvate (propan-2-one),

Cabazitaxel is an anti-neoplastic used with the steroid medicine prednisone. Cabazitaxel is used to treat people with prostate cancer that has progressed despite treatment with docetaxel. Cabazitaxel is prepared by semi-synthesis with a precursor extracted from yew needles (10-deacetylbaccatin III). It was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on June 17, 2010.

Cabazitaxel (previously XRP-6258, trade name Jevtana) is a semi-synthetic derivative of a natural taxoid.^[1] It was developed by Sanofi-Aventis and was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of hormone-refractory prostate cancer on June 17, 2010. It is a microtubule inhibitor, and the fourth taxane to be approved as a cancer therapy.^[2]

Nagesh Palepu, “CABAZITAXEL FORMULATIONS AND METHODS OF PREPARING THEREOF.” U.S. Patent US20120065255, issued March 15, 2012.

US20120065255 

Cabazitaxel in combination with prednisone is a treatment option for hormone-refractory prostate cancer following docetaxel-based treatment.

Clinical trials

In a phase III trial with 755 men for the treatment of castration-resistant prostate cancer, median survival was 15.1 months for patients receiving cabazitaxel versus 12.7 months for patients receiving mitoxantrone. Cabazitaxel was associated with more grade 3–4 neutropenia (81.7%) than mitoxantrone (58%).^[3]

JEVTANA (cabazitaxel) is an antineoplastic agent belonging to the taxane class. It is prepared by semi-synthesis with a precursor extracted from yew needles.

The chemical name of cabazitaxel is (2α,5β,7β,10β,13α)-4-acetoxy-13-({(2R,3S)-3[(tertbutoxycarbonyl) amino]-2-hydroxy-3-phenylpropanoyl}oxy)-1-hydroxy-7,10-dimethoxy-9oxo-5,20-epoxytax-11-en-2-yl benzoate – propan-2-one(1:1).

Cabazitaxel has the following structural formula:

Cabazitaxel is a white to almost-white powder with a molecular formula of C₄₅H₅₇NO₁₄^•C₃H₆O and a molecular weight of 894.01 (for the acetone solvate) / 835.93 (for the solvent free). It is lipophilic, practically insoluble in water and soluble in alcohol.

JEVTANA (cabazitaxel) Injection 60 mg/1.5 mL is a sterile, non-pyrogenic, clear yellow to brownish-yellow viscous solution and is available in single-use vials containing 60 mg cabazitaxel (anhydrous and solvent free) and 1.56 g polysorbate 80. Each mL contains 40 mg cabazitaxel (anhydrous) and 1.04 g polysorbate 80.

DILUENT for JEVTANA is a clear, colorless, sterile, and non-pyrogenic solution containing 13% (w/w) ethanol in water for injection, approximately 5.7 mL.

JEVTANA requires two dilutions prior to intravenous infusion. JEVTANA injection should be diluted only with the supplied DILUENT for JEVTANA, followed by dilution in either 0.9% sodium chloride solution or 5% dextrose solution.

The taxane family of terpenes has received much attention in the scientific and medical community, because members of this family have demonstrated broad spectrum of anti-leukemic and tumor-inhibitory activity. A well-known member of this family is paclitaxel (Taxol®).

Paclitaxel (Taxol) Paclitaxel was first isolated from the bark of the pacific yew tree (Taxus brevifolia) in 1971 , and has proved to be a potent natural anti-cancer agent. To date, paclitaxel has been found to have activity against different forms of leukemia and against solid tumors in the breast, ovary, brain, and lung in humans.

As will be appreciated, this beneficial activity has stimulated an intense research effort over recent years with a view to identifying other taxanes having similar or improved properties, and with a view to developing synthetic pathways for making these taxanes, such as paclitaxel.

This research effort led to the discovery of a synthetic analogue of paclitaxel, namely, docetaxel (also known as Taxotere®). As disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,814,470, docetaxel has been found to have a very good anti-tumour activity and better bioavailability than paclitaxel. Docetaxel is similar in structure to paclitaxel, having t- butoxycarbonyl instead of benzoyl on the amino group at the 3′ position, and a hydroxy group instead of the acetoxy group at the C-10 position.

As will be appreciated, taxanes are structurally complicated molecules, and the development of commercially viable synthetic methods to make taxanes has been a challenge. A number of semi-synthetic pathways have been developed over the years, which typically begin with the isolation and purification of a naturally occurring starting material, which can be converted to a specific taxane derivative of interest. Cabazitaxel (I) is an anti-tumor drug which belongs to the taxol family. It differs from docetaxel in that it has methoxy groups at positions 7 and 10 of the molecule, as opposed to the hydroxyl groups at equivalent positions in docetaxel. Cabazitaxel is obtained by semi-synthesis from an extract of Chinese yew (Taxus mairei). It is understood that cabazitaxel can be obtained via semi-synthesis from other taxus species including T.candensis, T.baccatta, T.chinensis, T. mairei etc.

Cabazitaxel is a semi-synthetic derivative of the natural taxoid 0-deacetylbaccatin III (10-DAB) with potentially unique antineoplastic activity for a variety of tumors.

Cabazitaxel binds to and stabilizes tubulin, resulting in the inhibition of microtubule depolymerization and cell division, cell cycle arrest in the G2/M phase, and the inhibition of tumor cell proliferation. This drug is a microtubule depolymerization inhibitor, which can penetrate blood brain barrier (BBB).

Cabazitaxel was recently approved by the US Federal Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of docetaxel resistant hormone refractory prostate cancer. It has been developed by Sanofi-Aventis under the trade name of Jevtana. The CAS number for the compound is 183133-96-2. A synonym is dimethoxydocetaxel. The compound is also known as RPR-1 16258A; XRP6258; TXD 258; and axoid XRP6258.

The free base form of cabazitaxel has the chemical name

(2aR,4S,4aS,6R,9S, 1 1 S,12S,12aR, 12bS)-12b-acetoxy-9-(((2R,3S)-3-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-hydroxy-3-phenylpropanoyl)oxy)-11-hydroxy-4,6-dimethoxy- 4a,8, 13, 13-tetramethyl-5-oxo-2a,3,4,4a,5,6,9, 10, 11 , 12, 12a, 12b-dodecahydro-1 H- 7, 1 1-methanocyclodeca[3,4]benzo[1 ,2-b]oxet-12-yl benzoate. In a first part of this description, taxel drugs including paclitaxel (taxol), docetaxel (taxotere) and cabazitaxel may be prepared starting from 10-deacetylbaccatin (known as 10-DAB) derived from Taxus plants, via semi-synthesis. Furthermore, the same inventive methodologies can be used to semi-synthesize cabazitaxel starting from 9- dihydro-13-acetylbaccatin III (9-DHB).

Patent numbers CN1213042C, CN152870, CN1179716 and CN1179775 disclose methods to prepare cabazitaxel from 10-DAB (herein compound II).

10-DAB (II)

A typical prior art synthesis route is as follows:

OCOCH₃

OCOC₆H₅

The method above which synthesizes cabazitaxel has many synthetic steps, a very low overall yield and high price.

There is therefore a need in the art to develop new methods to synthesize cabazitaxel and its intermediates to improve the yield of cabazitaxel, simplify the methodology and optimize the synthetic technology.

Cabazitaxel, chemically known as 4-acetoxy-2α-benzoyloxy-5β,20-epoxy-1-hydroxy-7β,10β-dimethoxy-9-oxotax-11-en-13α-yl(2R,3S)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionate, is represented by formula (I).

It is a microtubule inhibitor, indicated in combination with prednisone for treatment of patients with hormone-refractory metastatic prostate cancer previously treated with a docetaxel-containing treatment regimen, under the trade name Jevtana®.

Cabazitaxel is known from U.S. Pat. No. 5,847,170. Process for preparation of Cabazitaxel as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,847,170 involves column chromatography, which is cumbersome tedious and not commercially viable.

The acetone solvate of 4-acetoxy-2α-benzoyloxy-5β-20-epoxy-1-hydroxy-7β, 10β-dimethoxy-9-oxotan-11-en-13α-yl-(2R,3S)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-3-phenylpropionate (Form A) is formed by crystallization by using acetone and is characterized by XRD in U.S. Pat. No. 7,241,907.

U.S. 20110144362 describes anhydrous crystalline Forms B to Form F, ethanolates Form B, D, E and F and mono and dihydrate Forms of Cabazitaxel. All the anhydrous crystalline forms are prepared either by acetone solvate or ethanol solvate. Mono and dihydrate forms are formed at ambient temperature in an atmosphere containing 10 and 60% relative humidity, respectively.

Cabazitaxel (also called dimethoxy docetaxel) is a dimethyl derivative of docetaxel, which itself is semi-synthetic, and was originally developed by Rhone-Poulenc Rorer and was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of hormone-refractory prostate cancer on Jun. 17, 2010. Cabazitaxel is a microtubule inhibitor. The acetone solvate crystalline form of cabazitaxel and a process for its preparation is disclosed in the U.S. Pat. No. 7,241,907.

U.S. Pat. No. 5,847,170 describes cabazitaxel and its preparation methods. One of the methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,847,170 includes a step-wise methylation of 10-DAB (the step-wise methylation method is shown in FIG. 1) to provide the key intermediate (2αR,4S,4αS,6R,9S,11S,12S,12αR,12βS)-12β-acetoxy-9,11-dihydroxy-4,6-dimethoxy-4α,8,13,13-tetramethyl-5-oxo-2α,3,4,4α,5,6,9,10,11,12,12α,12β-dodecahydro-1H-7,11-methanocyclodeca[3,4]benzo[1,2-b]oxet-12-yl benzoate, herein referred to as 7,10-di-O-methyl-10-DAB (XVa). The intermediate XVa is coupled with the 3-phenylisoserine side chain derivative VI to provide XVa′, which is followed by removal of the oxazolidine protecting group from the side chain of XVa′ to give cabazitaxel.

Another method described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,847,170 utilizes methylthiomethyl (MTM) ethers as shown in FIG. 2. MTM ethers can be prepared from alcohols using two common methods. One method comprises deprotonation of an alcohol with a strong base to form an alkoxide followed by alkylation of the alkoxide with a methylthiomethyl halide. This approach is only useful when the alcohol is stable to treatment with a strong base. 10-DAB and some of its derivatives in which C7-OH is not protected displays so instability in the presence of strong bases and epimerization of the C7-OH can occur upon contact of 10-DAB and some of its derivatives in which C7-OH is not protected with strong bases. Another method for the synthesis of MTM ethers from alcohols utilizes Ac2O and DMSO. One disadvantage of this method is that it can also lead to the oxidation of alcohols to aldehydes or ketones. For example when the synthesis of the 10-di-O-MTM derivative of 10-DAB without protecting groups at the C13 hydroxyl group is attempted undesired oxidation of the C13-OH to its corresponding ketone occurs.

U.S. Pat. No. 5,962,705 discloses a method for dialkylation of 10-DAB and its derivatives to furnish 7,10-di-O-alkyl derivatives, as shown in FIG. 3. This has been demonstrated as a one-step, one-pot reaction, however, provides the best isolated yield when potassium hydride is used at −30° C. From an industrial point of view, the use of low reaction temperature is less favorable than using ambient temperature. Furthermore the use of a strong base can cause some epimerization of the C7-OH chiral center with an associated loss of yield. Potassium hydride is a very reactive base and must be treated with great caution.

Accordingly, there is a need for an alternative processes for the preparation of cabazitaxel and its key intermediate, 7,10-di-O-methyl-10-DAB (XVa) that is short in number of synthetic steps and avoids the use of low temperatures and strong bases such as metal hydrides in the C7-O methyl ether formation step. Such a process would also be useful for the preparation of analogues of cabazitaxel wherein the C7-O and C10-O functional groups were substituted with other alkyl groups.

FIG. 1 shows the chemistry employed in the examples of U.S. Pat. No. 5,847,170.

FIG. 2 shows the chemistry employed in the examples of U.S. Pat. No. 5,847,170.

FIG. 3 shows the chemistry employed in the examples of U.S. Pat. No. 5,962,705.

FIG. 4 shows key steps of the general synthetic scheme as per Method A/A′ of the present invention for the synthesis of cabazitaxel and cabazitaxel analogues.

FIG. 5 shows key steps of the general synthetic scheme as per Method B/B′ of the present invention for the synthesis of cabazitaxel and cabazitaxel analogues.

FIG. 6 shows the general scheme for the hydrodesulfurization reaction.

FIG. 7 shows the complete synthetic route of Method A that can be used for conversion of 10-DAB to cabazitaxel.

FIG. 8 shows the complete synthetic route of Method B that can be used for conversion of 10-DAB to cabazitaxel.

FIG. 9 shows the complete synthetic route of Method A′ that can be used for conversion of 10-DAB, via XIV′, to cabazitaxel.

FIG. 10 shows the complete synthetic route of Method B′ that can be used for conversion of 10-DAB, via XVI′, to cabazitaxel.

FIG. 11 shows the synthetic relationship between two methods (A and B) used to convert 7,10-di-O-alkyl-10-DAB (XV) to cabazitaxel.

FIG. 12 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XIVa.

FIG. 13 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XIVb from 10-DAB.

FIG. 14 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XIVb from XIVb′.

FIG. 15 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XIVc.

FIG. 16 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XIVa′ from XIVa.

FIG. 17 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XIVa′ from XX.

FIG. 18 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XIVb′.

FIG. 19 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XIVc′.

FIG. 20 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XVa from XIVa.

FIG. 21 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XVa from XIVb.

FIG. 22 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XVa from XIVc.

FIG. 23 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XVa′ from XIVa.

FIG. 24 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XVa′ from XIVa′.

FIG. 25 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XVa′ from XIVb′.

FIG. 26 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XVa′ from XIVc′.

FIG. 27 shows the synthetic scheme for the preparation of XVa′ from XVa.

FIG. 28 shows the synthesis of cabazitaxel.

FIG. 29 shows the synthesis of XVIIa.

FIG. 30 shows the synthesis of XVIIIa.

FIG. 31 shows the synthesis of XIXa.

FIG. 32 shows the synthesis of XVIa.

FIG. 33 shows the synthesis of XVa from XVIa.

see this at  http://www.google.com/patents/US20130116444

………..

WO2013057260A1

Detailed description

The invention provides a new method for the preparation of cabazitaxel, one embodiment of which can be summarized as follows, showing the preparation of a protected taxane intermediate and its deprotection to taxane compounds:

OH OCOCH₃

OCOC₆H₅

This reaction is also depicted in Figure 1. The reaction of the invention reduces the number of steps and increases yield of cabazitaxel.

The deprotection methods of the invention can also be used for the preparation of paclitaxel (taxol):

The deprotection methods of the invention can also be applied to the preparation of docetaxel:

10-DAB synthetic routes

Example 12

Dissolve 100 g of 2′-THP-cabazitaxel in 1730 ml of HOAc/H₂0/THF (3:1 :1 ). under N₂ atmosphere, increase temperature to 50 degrees C and stir 4 hrs. Then cool to room temperature. Add 2L of ethyl acetate, 2 L of H₂0, stir, separate layers, wash organic layer with saturated NaHC0₃ (3 L x 2), saturated NaCI (3 L), dry with Na₂S0₄.

Concentrate to obtain white 77.8 g of cabazitaxel (yield 83%).

MS(m/z) :859(M+Na)„ _jHNMR (500MHz) δ 1.21(611, d) , 1.36(911, s) , 1.59(lH, s) , 1.64(lH,s) , 1.79(lH,m) , 1.87 (3H, s) ,2.27 (2H, m) , 2.35(3H,m) ,2.69(lH,m) ,3.30 (3H, s) ,

3.45 (3H, s) , 3.85 (2H, m) , 4.16 (1H, d) , 4.29 (1H, d) , 4.62 (1H, bs) , 4.79 (1H, s) , 5.29 (1H, m),5.42(lH, d),5.62(lH, d),6.21 (1H, t),7.2 ~ 7.4(6H, m) , 7.48 (2H, t),7.59(lH, t) , 8.11 (2H, d) ,

References

• Cabazitaxel - Official web site of manufacturer.
• Cabazitaxel Prescribing Information - Official prescribing information.
• U.S. National Library of Medicine: Drug Information Portal – Cabazitaxel

Patents

Patent :

Patent Number : 5438072

Country : United States

Approved : 2010-06-17

Expires : 2013-11-22

Patent :

Patent Number : 5698582

Country : United States

Approved : 2010-06-17

Expires : 2012-07-03

Patent :

Patent Number : 5847170

Country : United States

Approved : 2010-06-17

Expires : 2016-03-26

Patent :

Patent Number : 6331635

Country : United States

Approved : 2010-06-17

Expires : 2016-03-26

Patent :

Patent Number : 6372780

Country : United States

Approved : 2010-06-17

Expires : 2016-03-26

Patent :

Patent Number : 6387946

Country : United States

Approved : 2010-06-17

Expires : 2016-03-26

Patent :

Patent Number : 7241907

Country : United States

Approved : 2010-06-17

Expires : 2025-12-10

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

BERAPROST

https://www.ama-assn.org/resources/doc/usan/beraprost.pdf

2,3,3a,8b-tetrahydro-2-hydroxy-1-(3-hydroxy-4-methyl-1-octen-6-ynyl)-1H-cyclopenta(b)benzofuran-5-butanoic acid

(±)-(IR*,2R*,3aS*,8bS*)-2,3,3a,8b-tetrahydro-2-hydroxy-1-[(E)-(3S*)-3-hydroxy-4-methyl-1-octene-6-inyl]-1H-cyclopenta[b]benzofuran-5-butyric acid

rac-4-{(1R,2R,3aS,8bS)-2-hydroxy-1-[(1E,3S,4RS)-3-hydroxy-4-methyloct-1-en-6-ynyl]-2,3,3a,8b-tetrahydro-1H-cyclopenta[b][1]benzofuran-5-yl}butanoic acid

88430-50-6 88475-69-8

• Beraprost
• Beraprostum
• Beraprostum [INN-Latin]
• MDL 201229
• MDL-201229
• ML 1229
• ML-1229
• UNII-35E3NJJ4O6

Beraprost is a synthetic analogue of prostacyclin, under clinical trials for the treatment of pulmonary hypertension. It is also being studied for use in avoiding reperfusion injury.

As an analogue of prostacyclin PGI₂, beraprost effects vasodilation, which in turn lowers the blood pressure. Beraprost also inhibits plateletaggregation, though the role this phenomenon may play in relation to pulmonary hypertension has yet to be determined.

Beraprost …sodium salt

ML 1129; Procyclin; TRK 100 (CAS 88475-69-8)

Beraprost sodium is a prostacyclin analog and an NOS3 expression enhancer that was first launched in 1992 in Japan pursuant to a collaboration between Astellas Pharma and Toray for the oral treatment of peripheral vascular disease (PVD), including Raynaud’s syndrome and Buerger’s disease. In 2000, the drug was commercialized for the treatment of pulmonary hypertension. Development for the oral treatment of intermittent claudication associated with arteriosclerosis obliterans (ASO) was discontinued at Kaken and United Therapeutics after the product failed to demonstrate statistically significant results in a phase III efficacy trial.

In terms of clinical development, beraprost sodium is currently in phase II clinical trials at Kaken for the treatment of lumbar spinal canal stenosis and at Astellas Pharma for the oral treatment of primary chronic renal failure. The company is also conducting phase III trials for the treatment of nephrosclerosis. The drug has also been studied through phase II clinical trials at Kaken for the oral treatment of diabetic neuropathy, but recent progress reports for this indication have not been made available.

Beraprost is an oral form of prostacyclin, a member of the family of lipid molecules known as eicosanoids. Prostacyclin is produced in the endothelial cells from prostaglandin H2 by the action of the enzyme prostacyclin synthase. It has been shown to keep blood vessels dilated and free of platelet aggregation.

Beraprost sodium was originally developed at Toray in Japan, and rights to the drug were subsequently acquired by Astellas Pharma. A 1972 alliance between Toray and Kaken Pharmaceutical to develop and commercialize prostaglandin led to a later collaboration agreement for the development of beraprost. In 1990, Toray granted the right to market the drug to Sanofi (formerly known as sanofi-aventis), a licensing agreement that was later expanded to include Canada, the U.S., South America, Africa, Southeast Asia, South Asia, Korea and China. In September 1996, Bristol-Myers Squibb entered into separate agreements with Sanofi and Toray to acquire all development and marketing rights to beraprost in the U.S. and Canada. In January 1999, United Therapeutics and Toray agreed to cooperatively test the drug in North America, and in July 2000, a new agreement was signed pursuant to which United Therapeutics gained exclusive North American rights to develop and commercialize sustained-release formulations of beraprost for all vascular and cardiovascular diseases. In 1999, orphan drug designation was received in the U.S. for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension associated with any New York Heart Association classification (Class I, II, III, or IV). In 2011, orphan drug designation was assigned in the U.S. for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension.

• The compound name of beraprost which is used as an antimetastasis agent of malignant tumors according to the present invention is (±)-(IR*,2R*,3aS*,8bS*)-2,3,3a,8b-tetrahydro-2-hydroxy-1-[(E)-(3S*)-3-hydroxy-4-methyl-1-octene-6-inyl]-1H-cyclopenta[b]benzofuran-5-butyric acid. This compound has the following structure.

  Beraprost is described in Japanese Laid-open Patent Application (Kokai) Nos. 58-32277, 57-144276 and 58-124778 and the like as a PGI₂ derivative having a structure in which the exoenol moiety characteristic to beraprost is converted to inter-m-phenylene structure. However, it is not known that beraprost has an activity to inhibit metastasis of malignant tumors.

• The beraprost which is an effective ingredient of the agent of the present invention includes not only racemic body, but also d-body and l-body. Beraprost can be produced by, for example, the method described in the above-mentioned Japanese Laid-open Patent Application (Kokai) No. 58-124778. The salts of beraprost include any pharmaceutically acceptable salts including alkaline metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt; alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium salt and calcium salt; ammonium salt; primary, secondary and tertiary amine salts; and basic amino acid salts.

EP0623346A1

…………………..

US7005527

EXAMPLE 6 Beraprost of the Formula (I)

0.246 g (0.6 mmol) of compound of the general formula (II) obtained in Example 5 is dissolved in 1 ml of methanol and 1 ml of 1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution is added dropwise slowly thereto. After stirring for an hour the methanol is distilled off from the reaction mixture in vacuum. The aqueous residue is diluted with 10 ml of water extracted with methyl-tert.butyl-ether and the combined organic phase is washed with saturated NaCl solution, dried on Na₂SO₄ and evaporated. The residue of evaporation is crystallized from ethylacetate-hexane mixture and the pure above mentioned title compound is obtained as colourless crystals.

Yield: 0.21 g (87%)

TLC-R_f (toluene-dioxan-acetic acid 20:10:1)=0.41

Melting point: 98–112° C.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃), δH (ppm): 1.00d, 1.03d [3H; J=6.8 Hz; 21-H₃]; 1.79m [1H; 16-H]; 1.80t, 1.81t [3H, J=2.5,2.4 Hz; 20-H₃]; 2.3–1.9m [5H, 3-H₂, 10H_b, 17-H₂]; 2.34t [1H; J=7.4 Hz; 2-H₂]; 2.43m [1H; 12-H]; 2.64m [3H; 10-H_a, 4-H₂]; 3.43t, 3.44t [1H, J=8.7,8.5 Hz; 8-H]; 3.92m [1H; 11-H]; 4.07t, 4.17t [1H, J=7.3,5.6 Hz; 15-H]; 4.3b [2H; OH]; 5.09m [1H, 9-H]; 5.58dd, 5.61dd [1H; J=15.3,6.5 Hz; 14-H]; 5.67dd, 5.68dd [1H; J=15.3,8.0 Hz; 13-H]; 6.77m [1H; 2′-H]; 6.95m [2H; 1′-H,3′-H]¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃), δC (ppm): 3.5, 3.6 [C-20]; 14.7, 15.8 [C-21]; 22.3, 22.6 [C-17]; 24.6 [C-2]; 29.1 [C-4]; 33.1 [C-3]; 38.2, 38.3 [C-16]; 41.2 [C-10]; 50.4 [C-8]; 58.8 [C-12]; 75.8, 76.3, 76.4 [C-11, C-15]; 77.2, 77.4 [C-18, C-19]; 84.5, 84.6 [C-9]; 120.6 [C-2′]; 121.9 [C-3′]; 123.2 [C-5]; 129.0 [C-1′]; 129.7 [C-7]; 132.3, 133.0, 133.8, 134.0 [C-13, C-14]; 157.2 [C-6]; 178.3 [C-1].

EXAMPLE 7 Beraprost Sodium Salt (The Sodium Salt of the Compound of Formula (I)

0.199 g of beraprost is dissolved in 2 ml of methanol, 0.5 ml of 1 M aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide is added thereto and after their mixing the solvent is evaporated in vacuum and thus the above title salt is obtained as colourless crystals.

Yield: 0.21 g (100%)

Melting point: >205° C.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆), δH (ppm): 0.90d, 0.92d [3H; J=6.7 Hz; 21-H₃]; 1.75–1.55m [7H; 10H_b, 16-H, 3-H₂, 20-H₃]; 1.89t [2H, J=7.6 Hz; 2-H₂]; 1.94m [1H; 17-H_b]; 2.16q [1H, J=8.5 Hz; 12-H]; 2.25m [1H; 17-H_a]; 2.44t [2H; J=7.5 Hz; 4-H₂]; 2.50o [1H; 10-H_a]; 3.39t [1H, J=8.5 Hz; 8-H]; 3.72td [1H; J=8.5,6.1 Hz; 11-H]; 3.84t 3.96t [1H, J=6.5,6.0 Hz; 15-H]; 4.85b [2H, OH]; 5.01dt [1H, J=8.5,6.6 Hz; 9-H]; 5.46dd, 5.47dd [1H; J=15.4,6.5 Hz, J=15.4,6.0 Hz; 14-H]; 5.65dd, 5.66dd [1H; J=15.4,8.5 Hz; 13-H]; 6.71m [1H; 2′-H]; 6.92m [2H; 1′-H, 3′-H] During the above thin layer chromatography (TLC) procedures we used plates MERCK Kieselgel 60 F₂₅₄, thickness of layer is 0.2 mm, length of plates is 5 cm.

…………….

•  Reaction Scheme A.
• The starting material of bromocarboxylic acid, Compound 1, and the process for the preparation thereof are disclosed in Japanese Patent Application No. 29637/81.

• Scheme B.

REACTION SCHEME B

• REACTION SCHEME C
  • https://www.google.com/patents/EP0084856A1
    Org Lett 2012, 14(1): 299
    http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/ol203060v
    http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/ol203060v/suppl_file/ol203060v_si_001.pdf

    EP0024943A1	Sep 2, 1980	Mar 11, 1981	Toray Industries, Inc.	5,6,7-Trinor-4,8-inter-m-phenylene PGI2 derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
    EP0084856A1	Jan 19, 1983	Aug 3, 1983	Toray Industries, Inc.	5,6,7-Trinor-4, 8-inter-m-phenylene prostaglandin I2 derivatives
    JP3069909B				Title not available

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

Surotomycin

http://www.ama-assn.org/resources/doc/usan/surotomycin.pdf

N-[(2E)-3-(4-Pentylphenyl)-2-butenoyl]-D-tryptophyl-D-asparaginyl-N-[(3S,6S,9R,15S,18R,21S,24S,30S,31R)-3-[2-(2-aminophenyl)-2-oxoethyl]-24-(3-aminopropyl)-15,21-bis(carboxymethyl)-6-[(2R)-1-carboxy-2 -propanyl]-9-(hydroxymethyl)-18,31-dimethyl-2,5,8,11,14,17,20,23,26,29-decaoxo-1-oxa-4,7,10,13,16,19,22,25,28-nonaazacyclohentriacontan-30-yl]-L-α-asparagine

MOLECULAR FORMULA C77H101N17O26

MOLECULAR WEIGHT 1680.7

SPONSOR Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

CODE DESIGNATION CB-183,315

CB-315, CB-183315, CB-183,315

CAS REGISTRY NUMBER 1233389-51-9

U.S. – Fast Track (Treat Clostridium difficile-associated diarrhea (CDAD));
U.S. – Qualified Infectious Disease Program (Treat Clostridium difficile-associated diarrhea (CDAD))

EMEA……..

Surotomycin is an investigational oral antibiotic. This antibiotic is under investigation for the treatment of life-threatening Diarrhea, commonly caused by the bacteria Clostridium difficile.^[1]

CB-183315 is an investigational antibacterial drug candidate in phase III clinical trials at Cubist for the treatment of Clostridium difficile-associated diarrhea. It is a potent, oral, cidal lipopeptide. In 2012, Qualified Infectious Disease Product Designation was assigned in the U.S. for the treatment of clostridium difficile-associated diarrhea (CDAD).

Surotomycin (CB-315)

 Surotomycin Overview Surotomycin Fact Sheet

Surotomycin is an antibacterial lipopeptide discovered by Cubist scientists in our research laboratories in Lexington, Massachusetts. Surotomycin is both bactericidal against Clostridium difficile and more potent than vancomycin in vitro. Surotomycin stays at the site of infection in the bowel, with minimal systemic absorption and it does not interfere with normal bowel flora. Based on its features and its preclinical safety profile, Cubist filed an Investigational New Drug (IND) Application for surotomycin in December 2008.

Following safety and pharmacokinetic studies in healthy human volunteers, Cubist began a Phase 2 study in April 2010 to assess the safety and efficacy of surotomycin in patients with CDAD, in particular to assess its ability to reduce relapse rates. In this trial of 209 patients, two different doses of surotomycin were studied and compared with oral vancomycin. The higher dose demonstrated a high clinical cure rate as evidenced by resolution of diarrhea, comparable to oral vancomycin. The most interesting results in this study, however, relate to recurrence rates. The percent of patients who had an initial response to treatment but who subsequently had a recurrence or relapse was 36 percent in the oral vancomycin arm and was 17 percent in the surotomycin 250mg treatment group — about a 50% reduction in relapse rate, which was statistically significant. In this trial, 32% of patients were infected with the hypervirulent NAP-1 strain of C. difficile. The clinical response rate in the subset of patients infected with the NAP-1 strain was comparable across the surotomycin and oral vancomycin groups. Though not statistically significant, there was a modest reduction in the relapse rates in the subset of surotomycin patients infected with NAP-1 strains.

The ability to reduce relapses is important to both patients and health care providers. In the Phase 2 study we assessed the impact of surotomycin and oral vancomycin on normal bowel flora. Treatment with surotomycin had a very minimal impact on levels of Bacteroides, a key normal bowel bacterial species, compared to oral vancomycin which resulted in a marked depletion of stool levels of these bacteria during treatment. Why does this matter? The reason is — bowel flora like Bacteroides are critical in providing a competitive environment in the bowel that prevents C. difficile overgrowth. We believe that it is this difference in impact on normal bowel flora that helps explain the differences seen in recurrence rates following treatment with Surotomycin versus oral vancomycin.

Surotomycin’s Phase 3 program includes two identical global, randomized, double-blind, active-controlled, multi-center trials. The primary objective is to demonstrate non-inferiority of surotomycin versus the comparator, oral vancomycin, in clinical response at the end of treatment in adult subjects with CDAD, using a non-inferiority margin of 10%. We also have designed this trial to allow us to demonstrate that sustained clinical response to surotomycin at the end of the study is superior to oral vancomycin. Also, we will fully evaluate the safety of surotomycin in the study subjects.

In late 2012 Cubist received from the FDA a Qualified Infectious Disease Product (QIDP) designation for surotomycin. Additionally, in early 2013 Cubist was granted Fast track status for surotomycin. The QIDP designation and subsequent granting of Fast Track status was made possible by the GAIN Act, Title VIII (Sections 801 through 806) of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act. The GAIN Act provides pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies with incentives to develop new antibacterial and antifungal drugs for the treatment of life-threatening infectious diseases caused by drug resistant pathogens. Qualifying pathogens are defined by the GAIN Act to include multi-drug resistant Gram-negative bacteria, including Pseudomonas, Acinetobacter, Klebsiella, and Escherichia coli species; resistant Gram-positive pathogens, including methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA), vancomycin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus and vancomycin-resistant Enterococcus; multi-drug resistant tuberculosis; and Clostridium difficile.

About CDAD

CDAD is a disease caused by an overgrowth of, and subsequent toxin production by, C. difficile, a resident anaerobic spore-forming Gram-positive bacterium of the lower gastrointestinal tract. This overgrowth is caused by the use of antibiotics for the treatment of common community and hospital acquired infections (HAIs). Although they treat the underlying infection, many antibiotics disrupt the natural gut flora and allow C. difficile to proliferate. C. difficile produces enterotoxin and cytotoxin, which can lead to severe diarrhea, sepsis and even death. While most types of HAIs are declining, the infection caused by C. difficile remains at historically high levels. According to the latest data from the Centers for Disease Control, C. difficile continues to be the leading cause of death associated with gastroenteritis in the US. For CDAD alone, there was more than a five-fold increase in deaths between 1999 and 2007. C. difficile causes diarrhea linked to 14,000 American deaths each year. About 25% of C. difficile infections first show symptoms in hospital patients; 75% first show in nursing home patients or in people recently cared for in doctors’ offices and clinics. C. difficile infections cost at least $1 billion in extra health care costs annually.

SUROTOMYCIN

CB-183,315 is a cyclic lipopeptide antibiotic currently in Phase III clinical trials for the treatment of Clostridium difficile-associated disease (CDAD). As disclosed in International Patent Application WO 2010/075215, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety, CB-183,315 has antibacterial activity against a broad spectrum of bacteria, including drug-resistant bacteria and C. difficile. Further, the CB-183,315 exhibits bacteriacidal activity.

CB-183,315 (Figure 1) can be made by the deacylation of BOC-protected daptomycin, followed by acylation and deprotection as described in International Patent Application WO 2010/075215.

During the preparation and storage of CB-183,315, the CB-183,315 molecule can convert to structurally similar compounds as shown in Figures 2-4, leading to the formation of anhydro-CB-183,315 (Figure 3) and beta-isomer of CB-183,315 (“B- isomer CB183,315″ in Figure 2). Accordingly, one measure of the chemical stability of CB- 183 ,315 is the amount of CB- 183 ,315 (Figure 1 ) present in the CB- 183 ,315 composition relative to the amount of structurally similar compounds including anhydro-CB-183,315 (Figure 3) and beta-isomer of CB-1 83,315 (Figure 2). The amount of CB-183,315 relative to the amount of these structurally similar compounds can be measured by high performance liquid chromatography (FIPLC) after reconstitution in an aqueous diluent (e.g., as described in Example 10). In particular, the purity of CB-183,315 and amounts of structurally similar compounds (e.g., Figures 2, 3 and 4) can be determined from peak areas obtained from HPLC (e.g., according to Example 10 herein), and measuring the rate of change in the amounts of CB-183,315 over time can provide a measure of CB-183,315 chemical stability in a solid form.

There is a need for solid CB-183,315 compositions with improved chemical stability in the solid form (i.e., higher total percent CB-183,315 purity over time), providing advantages of longer shelf life, increased tolerance for more varied storage conditions (e.g., higher temperature or humidity) and increased chemical stability.

……………..

WO2010075215A1

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2010075215A1?cl=en                         ………… copy paste link

Example 1

Preparation of N-{1 -[(E)-3-(4-pentylphenyl)but-2-enoyl]}-L-tryptophyl-D- asparaginyl-L-α-aspartyl-L-threonylglycyl-L-ornithyl-L-α-aspartyl-D-alanyl-L-α- aspartylglycyl-D-seryl-(3R)-3-methyl-L-α-glutamyl-(αS)-α,2-diamino-γ- oxobenzenebutanoic acid (13→4)-lactone (49).

1003                                                                                   1004

Step 1 : Preparation of (E)-ethyl 3-(4-pentylphenyl) but-2-enoate (1002).

A mixture of commercially available 1-(4-pentylphenyl)ethanone (5 g, 26.3 mmol) and (ethoxycarbonylmethylene)-triphenylphosphorane (18.3 g, 52.5 mmol) was stirred at 150 ⁰C for 48 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (50 ml_) and petroleum ether (200 ml_). The suspension was filtered through a fritted funnel. The concentrated filtrate was purified by flash column chromatography with silica gel (petroleum ether : ethyl acetate = 80:1 ) to give the title compound (1.6 g) having the following physical data: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, δ, CDCI₃) 0.90 (br, 3H), 1.36 (br, 7), 1.63 (br, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.63 (br, 2H), 4.22 (q, 2H), 6.15 (s, 1 H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.41 (d, 2H).

Step 2: Preparation of (E)-3-(4-pentylphenyl) but-2-enoic acid (1003).

A solution of compound 1002 (1.5 g, 5.77 mmol) in ethanol (50 ml_) and 3N potassium hydroxide (25 ml_) was stirred at 45 ⁰C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the resulting residue was diluted with water (50 ml_). The aqueous solution was acidified to pH 2 with 1 N hydrochloric acid and extracted with EtOAc (2 * 30 ml_). The combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, petroleum ether : ethyl acetate = 10:1) to afford the title compound (0.95 g) having the following physical data: 1 H NMR (300 MHz, δ, CDCI3) 0.90 (br, 3H), 1.33 (br, 4H), 1.62 (br, 2H), 2.60 (br, 5H), 6.18 (s, 1 H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.42 (d, 2H).

Step 3: Preparation of (E)-3-(4-pentylphenyl)but-2-enoyl chloride (1004).

Oxalyl chloride (3.2 mL, 36.60 mmol) and DMF (50 μl_) were added drop wise to a solution of compound 1003 (5.0 g, 21.52 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) at 0 ⁰C. The reaction solution was warmed up to room temperature and stirred for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was dried under hi-vacuum for 3 hours. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification.

Step 4: Preparation of N-{1 -[(E)-3-(4-pentylphenyl)but-2-enoyl]}-L-tryptophyl-D- asparaginyl-L-α-aspartyl-L-threonylglycyl-L-[(N-tert-butoxycarbonyl)-ornithyl]-L-α- aspartyl-D-alanyl-L-α-aspartylglycyl-D-seryl-(3R)-3-methyl-L-α-glutamyl-(αS)-α,2- diamino-γ-oxobenzenebutanoic acid (13-→4)-lactone (1005).

Deacylated BOC-protected daptomycin (3.5Og, 2.23 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (1.13 g, 61.0 mmol) were dissolved in THF (130 mL) and water (50 mL). The deacylated BOC-protected daptomycin sodium bicarbonate solution was cooled to 0 ⁰C. and a solution of compound 1004 (1.96 g, 7.82 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was then introduced. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum to remove THF. The remaining aqueous solution was loaded on a C18 flash chromatography column (35mηn^χ 300mm, Bondesil HF C18 resin purchased from Varian). The column was first washed with water to remove salt and then with methanol to wash out product. Crude compound 1005 (3.46 g) was afforded as a white solid after removal of methanol. MS m/z 1780.8 (M + H)⁺.

Steps 5-6: Preparation of N-{1-[(E)-3-(4-pentylphenyl)but-2-enoyl]}-L-tryptophyl- D-asparaginyl-L-α-aspartyl-L-threonylglycyl-L-ornithyl-L-α-aspartyl-D-alanyl-L-α- aspartylglycyl-D-seryl-(3R)-3-methyl-L-α-glutamyl-(αS)-α,2-diamino-γ- oxobenzenebutanoic acid (13→4)-lactone (49).

TFA (10 ml_) was added to a solution of compound 1005 (3.46 g) in DCM (50 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously for 45 minutes and added slowly to vigorously stirring diethyl ether (100 mL). The resulting yellow precipitation was collected by filtration. The crude product was purified by Preparative HPLC to afford the TFA salt of compound 6 (0.75 g). MP carbonate resin (purchased from Biotage) was added to the solution of compound 6 TFA salt (0.70 g, 0.39 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (30.0 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The resins were removed by filtration and rinsed with methanol. The methanol solution was concentrated under vacuum to give product as off-white solid (408 mg). MS m/z 1680.7 (M + H)⁺.

Example 1 b

Alternative preparation of N-{1-[(E)-3-(4-pentylphenyl)but-2-enoyl]}- L-tryptophyl-D-asparaginyl-L-α-aspartyl-L-threonylglycyl-L-ornithyl-L-α-aspartyl-D- alanyl-L-α-aspartylglycyl-D-seryl-(3R)-3-methyl-L-α-glutamyl-(αS)-α,2-diamino-γ- oxobenzenebutanoic acid (13→4)-lactone (49).

daptomycin,

1003

A solution of (E)-3-(4-pentylphenyl)but-2-enoic acid (1 100 g, 4.73 mol), Λ/-Ethyl-Λ/’-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (907 g, 4.73 mol), HOBT (640 g, 4.73 mol) and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (22 g, 0.18 mol) in DMF (11 L) was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours at which point the activation of the (E)-3-(4-pentylphenyl)but-2-enoic acid was deemed complete by HPLC.

This reaction mixture was added to a suspension of Deacylated BOC- protected daptomycin (2600 g, 1.66 mol), sodium bicarbonate (804 g, 9.57 mol) in water (11.25 L) and 1 ,4-dioxane (33.75 L). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours at which time HPLC indicated complete consumption of Deacylated BOC-protected daptomycin. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (22.5 L) and cooled with an ice bath. Concentrated hydrochloric acid (5.25 L) was added while maintaining the internal temperature below 30 ⁰C. After the addition, the solution was stirred at room temperature for 5 days at which time HPLC indicated complete consumption of the Boc protected intermediate.

The reaction mixture was washed with methyl terf-butyl ether (90 L then approximately 60 L then approximately 45 L then approximately 45 L) to remove 1 ,4-dioxane. The remaining solution (approximately 44 L) was adjusted to pH 2.69 with 2N sodium hydroxide (11.3 L) and water (53.4 L). This material was processed by Tangential Flow Filtration (TTF) with a 1 K membrane until the total volume was reduced to 54 L.Water (120 L) was added in two portions and the solution was concentrated to 52 L by continued TTF. The aqueous solution (30 L of 52 L) was purified by chromatography using the following protocol: The aqueous solution was brought to three times of its volume (30 L→90l_) with 20% IPA in aqueous ammonium acetate solution (50 mM). The diluted solution was applied to a 38 L HP20SS resin column at 1.5 L/min. The column was eluted with IPA solution in aqueous 50 mM ammonium acetate (25%→30%→35%, 60 L each concentration).

Fractions (approximately 11 L) were collected and analyzed by HPLC. The fractions with HPLC purity less than 80% were combined and purified again using the same method. The key fractions from both chromatographic separations (with HPLC purity >80%) were combined and acidified with concentrated HCI to pH 2-3. The resulting solution was desalted on an ion exchange column (HP20SS resin, 16 L) which was eluted with WFI (until conductivity = 4.8 μS) followed by IPA in WFI (36 L 10%→ 40 L 60%). The yellow band which was eluted with 60% IPA (approximately 19L) was collected, adjusted to pH 2-3 with concentrated HCI and lyophilized to yield 636.5 g of Compound 49 (HPLC purity of 87.0%). MS m/z 1680.7 (M + H)⁺.

……………………………..

see formulation

References

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

FINAFLOXACIN

(S-cyano-1-cyclopropyl-ό-fluoro-T-^aS, 7aS)-hexahydropyrrolo [3,4- b]-1,4-oxazin-6(2H)-yl]-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid)

7-[(4aS,7aS)-3,4,4a,5,7,7a-hexahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3,4-b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl]-8-cyano-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid |

BAY-35-3377
BY-377

CAS Registry Number: 209342-40-5

HYD SALT

(-)-(4aS,7aS)-8-Cyano-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-4-oxo-7-(perhydropyrrolo[3,4-b]-1,4-oxazin-6-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid hydrochloride

209342-41-6,

Synonyms: Finafloxacin, UNII-D26OSN9Q4R,

MerLion Pharmaceuticals (Singapore)…POSTER…….http://www.merlionpharma.com/sites/default/files/file/PPS/F1-2036_Wohlert.pdf

H. pylori, Broad-Spectrum

Finafloxacin is a novel fluoroquinolone being developed by MerLion Pharmaceuticals. Under neutral pH conditions (pH 7.2–7.4), the compound has shown in vitro activity equivalent to that of ciprofloxacin. However, under slightly acidic pH5.8 the compound shows enhanced potency.

Other marketed fluoroquinolones, such as ciprofloxacin, levofloxacin and moxifloxacin, exhibit reduced activity at slightly acidic pH 5.0–6.5. This feature of finafloxacin makes the compound suitable for use in the treatment of infections in acidic foci of infections such as urinary tract infections

Finafloxacin hydrochloride, a novel highly potent antibiotic, is in phase III clinical trials at Alcon for the treatment of ear infections. MerLion Pharmaceuticals is evaluating the product in phase II clinical trials at for the treatment of Helicobacter pylori infection and for the treatment of lower uncomplicated urinary tract infections in females.

A quinolone, finafloxacin holds potential for the treatment of Helicobacter pylori infection and urinary tract infection. Unlike existing antibiotics, finafloxacin demonstrates a unique acid activated activity whereby it becomes increasingly active under acidic conditions.

In 2009, a codevelopment agreement was signed between Chaperone Technologies and MerLion Pharmaceuticals. In 2011, finafloxacin hydrochloride was licensed to Alcon by MerLion Pharmaceuticals in North America for the treatment of ear infections.

MerLion Pharmaceuticals has announced that the FDA has granted a Qualified Infectious Disease Product Designation and Fast Track Status for finafloxacin. The company is currently recruiting patients for the Phase II clinical trial of the compound for the treatment of complicated urinary tract infections (cUTI) and/or acute pyelonephritis compared to ciprofloxacin

Finafloxacin and derivatives thereof can be synthesized according to the methods described in U.S. Patent No. 6,133,260 to Matzke et al., the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. The compositions of the invention are particularly directed toward treating mammalian and human subjects having or at risk of having a microbial tissue infection. Microbial tissue infections that may be treated or prevented in accord with the method of the present invention are referred to in J. P. Sanford et al., “The Sanford Guide to Antimicrobial Therapy 2007″ 37 Edition (Antimicrobial Therapy, Inc.). Particular microbial tissue infections that may be treatable by embodiments of the present invention include those infections caused by bacteria, protozoa, fungi, yeast, spores, and parasites.

SYNTHESIS

WO1998026779A1

http://www.google.sc/patents/WO1998026779A1   COPY PASTE ON BROWSER

8-cyano-l-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-7-((lS, 6S)-2-oxa-5 ,8-di-azabicyclo [4.3.0] non-8-yl)-l, 4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid.

The compounds, which are suitable for use in the invention are known already to some extent in EP-A-0350733, EP-A-0550903 as well as from DE-A-4329600 or can be prepared according to the processes described in .

If, for example 9,10-difluoro-3 ,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-2 ,3-dihydro-7H-pyrido [l ,2,3-d, e] [l, 3,4] benzoxadiazine-6 -carboxylic acid and 2-oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane, the reaction can be represented by the following equation:

The 7-halo-quinolonecarboxylic acid derivatives used for preparing the compounds of Fomel (I) of the invention are known or can be prepared by known methods. Thus, the 7-chloro-8-cyano-l-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-1 ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid, or of the 7-chloro-8-cyano-l-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro- l been ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid ethyl ester described in EP-A-0 276 700th The corresponding 7-fluoro derivatives can be, for example, via the following reaction sequence to build:

An alternative process for preparing the intermediate compound 2,4-dichloro-3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzoyl chloride as the starting material for the preparation of 7-chloro-

8-cyano-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-1 ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid is used (EP-A-0276700) and in the 3-cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro- benzoyl can be converted, is based on 5-fluoro-l ,3-xylene, 5-fluoro-l ,3-xylene, in the presence of a catalyst under ionic conditions in the nucleus disubstituted to 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-l ,3-dimethylbenzene, and this is subsequently chlorinated chlorinated under free radical conditions in the side chains of 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-3-dichloromethyl-l-trichloro-methylbenzene. This is the 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-3-dichloromethyl-benzoic acid to give 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-3-formyl-benzoic acid, and then hydrolyzed to 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-3 N-hydroxyiminomethyl acid implemented. By treatment with thionyl chloride, 2,4-dichloro-3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzoyl chloride is obtained, which can still be ,4,5-trifluoro-ben-zoylfluorid converted by a chlorine / fluorine exchange on-3-cyano-2 .

The amines used for the preparation of compounds of formula (I) according to the invention are known from EP-A-0550903, EP-A-0551653 as well as from DE-A-4 309 964th

An alternative to the synthesis of lS, 6S-2-oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane-dihydro-drobromid or the free base 1 S, 6S-2-oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0 ] nonane and the corresponding IR, 6R enantiomer provides the following path represents:

Starting material for this synthesis is the cis-l ,4-dihydroxy-2-butene, which is converted to the bis-mesylate with mesylation tosylamide for 1-tosylpyrrolidine. This is converted into the epoxide m-chloroperbenzoic. The ring opening of the epoxide by heating in isopropanol with ethanolamine to trans-3-hydroxy-4 – (2-hydroxy-ethylamino)-l-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-pyrrolidine in 80% yield. Tetrahydrofuran is then in pyridine / reacted with tosyl chloride, with cooling to Tris-tosylate, which as a crude product in a mixture with some tetra-tosyl derivative with basichen reaction conditions to give the racemic trans-5 ,8-bis-tosyl-2-oxa-5, 6 – diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane is cylisiert. At this stage occurs with high selectivity of a chromatographic resolution kieselgelgebundenem poly (N-methacryloyl-L-leucine-d menthylamide) as the stationary phase. The desired enantiomer, (lS, 6S) -5,8-bis-tosyl-2-oxa-5 ,6-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane, is of a purity of

> 99% ee. Cleavage of the p-tosyl protecting groups is carried out with HBr-acetic acid to the lS, 6S-2-Oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane dihydrobromide, the one with a base such as sodium or potassium hydroxide or with the aid of ion exchanger can be converted into the free base. The analogous sequence may be used for the preparation of lR, 6R-2-Oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane dihydrobromide.

HBr / AcOH

Synthesis of lS, 6S-2-oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane

Examples of compounds of the invention are mentioned in addition to the compounds listed in the preparation examples, the compounds listed in Table 1 below, which can be used both in racemic form as well as enantiomerically pure or diastereomerically pure compounds. Table 1:

Example 1 Z

8-cyano-1-cyclopropyl-6 ,7-difluoro-1 ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinoline-carboxylic acid ethyl ester

 

a 3-bromo-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoate

To a mixture of 1460 ml of methanol and 340 g of triethylamine, 772 g of 3-bromo-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoyl fluoride was added dropwise under ice cooling. There is one

Stirred for an hour at room temperature. The Reaktionsgemsich is concentrated, the residue dissolved in water and methylene chloride, and the aqueous phase was extracted with methylene chloride. After drying the organic phase over sodium sulfate, concentrated, and the residue was distilled in vacuum. This gives 752.4 g of 3-bromo-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoic acid methyl ester of boiling point 122 ° C/20 mbar.

b. 3-Cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoic acid methyl ester:

269 ​​g of 3-bromo-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoic acid methyl ester and 108 g of copper cyanide are heated to reflux in 400 ml of dimethylformamide for 5 hours. , All volatile components of the reaction mixture are then distilled off in vacuo. The distillate was then fractionated on a column. This gives 133 g of 3-cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoate of boiling point 88-89 ° C / 0.01 mbar.

c. 3-Cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoic acid

A solution of 156 g of 3-cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoate in 960 ml of glacial acetic acid, 140 ml of water and 69 ml concentrated sulfuric acid is heated for 8 hours under reflux. Then the acetic acid is distilled off under vacuum and the residue treated with water. Of failed-ne solid is filtered off, washed with water and dried. Obtained

118.6 g of 3-cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoic acid as a white solid, mp 187-190 ° C.

d 3-cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoyl chloride:

111 g of 3-cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoic acid and 84 g of oxalyl chloride are stirred in 930 ml of dry methylene chloride with the addition of a few drops of dimethylformamide for 5 hours at room temperature. The methylene chloride is evaporated and the residue distilled in vacuo. This gives 117.6 g of 3-cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoyl chloride as a yellow oil.

e 2 – (3-cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoyl)-3-dimethylamino-acrylic acid ethyl ester:

To a solution of 36.5 g of 3-dimethylamino-acrylate and 26.5 g of triethylamine in 140 ml toluene, a solution of 55 g 3-cyano-2, 4,5 – trifluoro-benzoyl chloride are added dropwise in 50 ml of toluene so that the temperature 50-55 ° C remains. Then stirred for 2 hours at 50 ° C.

The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and used without further

Processing used in the next step. f 2 – (3-cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoyl)-3-cyclopropylamino-acrylic acid ethyl ester:

To the reaction product of step e 30 g of glacial acetic acid are added dropwise at 20 ° C. A solution of 15.75 g of cyclopropyl amine in 30 ml of toluene is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred at 30 ° C for 1 hour. Are then added 200 ml of water, stirred 15 minutes, the organic phase is separated off and shakes it again with 100 ml of water. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product thus obtained is a set-without further purification in the next step.

g 8-cyano-l-cyclopropyl-6 ,7-difluoro-l ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid ethyl ester:

The reaction product from stage f and 27.6 g of potassium carbonate are stirred in 80 ml dimethylformamide for 16 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture is then poured into 750 ml ice water, the solid filtered off with suction and washed with 80 ml cold methanol. After drying, 47 g of 8 – cyano-l-cyclopropyl-6 ,7-difluoro-l ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinoline carboxylic acid ethyl ester, mp 209-211 ° C.

Example 2 Z

2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-l ,3-dimethylbenzene

 

a solvent-free

In 124 g of 3,5-dimethyl-fluorobenzene 1 g of anhydrous iron (III) chloride are pre-loaded and launched with the speed of chlorine (about 4 h), with which the reaction. This is initially slightly exothermic (temperature increase from 24 to 32 ° C) and is maintained by cooling below 30 ° C. After addition of 120 g of chlorine, the mixture is determined. According to GC analysis are 33.4% monochloro compound, formed 58.4% desired product and 5%> overchlorinated connections. The hydrogen chloride is removed and the reaction mixture is then distilled in a column in a water jet vacuum:

In the run 49 g of 2-chloro-5-fluoro-l ,3-dimethylbenzene obtained at 72-74 ° C/22 mbar. After 5 g of an intermediate fraction proceed at 105 ° C/22 mbar 75 g of 2,4 – dichloro-5-fluoro-l ,3-dimethylbenzene via, Melting range: 64 – 65 ° C.

b in 1,2-dichloroethane

1 kg of 3,5-dimethyl-fluorobenzene and 15 g of anhydrous iron (III) chloride are placed in 1 1 1 ,2-dichloroethane and chlorine is introduced in the same extent as the reaction proceeds (about 4 h). The reaction is initially exothermic (temperature rise from 24 to 32 ° C) and is kept below 30 ° C by cooling. After the introduction of 1200 g of chlorine are according to GC analysis 4% monochloro compound, 81.1% and 13.3% desired product overchlorinated connections emerged. After distilling off the solvent and the hydrogen chloride is distilled in a column in a water jet vacuum:

In the run 40 g of 2-chloro-5-fluoro-l ,3-dimethylbenzene receive. After some intermediate run going at 127-128 ° C/50 mbar 1115 g of 2,4-dichloro-5-fTuor-l ,3-dimethyl-ethylbenzene over.

Example 3 Z

2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-3-dichloromethyl-l-trichloromethylbenzene

 

In a photochlorination using chlorine inlet and outlet for the hydrogen chloride to a scrubber and a light source in the vicinity of the chlorine inlet tube, 1890 g of 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-l ,3-dimethylbenzene pre-loaded and at 140 to 150 ° C. Chlorine metered. Within 30 hours 3850 g of chlorine are introduced. The content of the desired product according to GC analysis is 71.1% and the proportion of connections minderchlorierten 27.7%. The DestiUaton a 60 cm column with Wilson spirals provides a flow of 1142 g, which can be reused in the chlorination. The main fraction at 160-168 ° C / 0.2 mbar gives 2200 g of 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-3-dichloromethyl-l-trichloro-methyl benzene having a melting range of 74-76 ° C. After one recrystallization

Sample from methanol, the melting point 81-82 ° C.

Example Z 4

2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-3-formyl-benzoic acid

 

In a 2500 ml stirred apparatus with gas discharge are presented 95% sulfuric acid at 70 ° C. and under stirring, 500 g of molten added dropwise 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-3-dichloromethyl-1 trichloromethylbenzene. It is after a short while hydrochloric development. Is metered during a 2 h and stirred until the evolution of gas after. After cooling to 20 ° C., the mixture is discharged ice to 4 kg and the precipitated solid is filtered off with suction. The product is after-washed with water and dried.

Yield: 310 g, melting range: 172-174 ° C

Example Z 5

2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-3-N-hydroxyiminomethyl-benzoic acid

 

In a stirred reactor 80 g of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in 500 ml of ethanol are charged and added dropwise 200 ml of 45% strength sodium hydroxide solution and then with 40 – 200 g of 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-3-formyl-benzoic acid added 45.degree.The reaction is slightly exothermic and it is stirred for 5 h at 60 ° C. After cooling to

Room temperature is provided by the dropwise addition of hydrochloric acid to pH <3, the product taken up in tert-butyl methyl ether, the organic phase separated and the solvent distilled off. The residue obtained 185 g of 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-3-N-hydroxyiminomethyl benzoic acid, melting range: 190 – 194 ° C.

Example No. 6

2,4-dichloro-3-cyano-5-benzoyl-fιuor

 

In a stirred vessel with metering and gas outlet via a reflux condenser to a scrubber 600 ml of thionyl chloride are introduced and registered at 20 ° C. 210 g of 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoro-3-N-hydroxyiminomethyl benzoic acid in the proportion as hydrochloric developed and sulfur dioxide. After the addition the mixture is heated until the gas evolution under reflux. Mixture is then distilled, and boiling in the range of 142-145 ° C/10 mbar, 149 g of 2,4-dichloro-3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzoyl chloride (98.1% purity by GC) Melting range: 73-75 ° C.

Example No. 7

3-Cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoyl

 

50 g of potassium fluoride are suspended in 120 ml of tetramethylene sulfone and at 15 mbar for drying distilled (ca. 20 mL).Then, 50.4 g of 2,4 – dichloro-3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzoyl chloride was added and stirred at an internal temperature with exclusion of moisture for 12 hours at 180 ° C. Are removed by vacuum distillation to 32.9 g of 3-cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoyl fluoride in the boiling range of 98 -

Obtain 100 ° C/12 mbar.

Example No. 8

3-Cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoyl chloride

 

76.6 g of 3-cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoyl fluoride together with 1 g of anhydrous

Aluminum chloride introduced at 60-65 ° C and then added dropwise 25 g of silicon tetrachloride gas in the course of development. After the evolution of gas at 65 ° C is distilled in a vacuum. Boiling range 120-122 ° C/14 mbar, 73.2 g of 3 – cyano-2 ,4,5-trifluoro-benzoyl chloride over.

Example No. 9

1 – (toluene-4-sulfonyl-pyrroline

 

In a 20 1 HC4-HWS boilers are 2.016 kg (17.6 mol)

Submitted methanesulfonyl chloride in dichloromethane and 12 1 at -10 ° C internal temperature under strong cooling (-34 ° C) solution of 705 g (8.0 mol) of 2-butene-l ,4-diol in 1.944 kg (2.68 1 , 19.2 mol) of triethylamine was added dropwise over 30 minutes. A yellow suspension stirred for 1 hour at -10 ° C and then treated with 4 1 of water, the temperature rises to 0 ° C.The suspension is warmed to room temperature, stirred for 10 minutes at room temperature and then fed in a 30 1 separating funnel. The phases are stirred separately (good phase separation) and the aqueous phase extracted with 2 1 of dichloromethane. The combined dichloromethane phases are presented in a pre-cooled 20 1 HC4 vessel and kept at 0 ° C.

In another 20-1 HC4 boiler distillation 1.37 kg (8.0 mol) toluenesulfonamide be submitted in 6 1 toluene. It is mixed with 3.2 kg of 45% sodium hydroxide solution, 0.8 1 of water and 130.5 g Tetrabutylammomiimhydrogensulfat, heated to 40 ° C maximum temperature inside and creates a vacuum. Then, the previously obtained

Dichloromethane (15.2 1) was added dropwise over 1.5 hours while the dichloromethane was removed by distillation at 450 mbar (bath temperature: 60 ° C). During the distillation is foaming. In the end, a solution is available at an internal temperature of 33-40 ° C. After the addition of dichloromethane is distilled off, until barely distillate is (duration: about 85 minutes; internal temperature 40 ° C at 60 ° C bath temperature at the end). The vessel contents will be warm transferred to a separating funnel and rinsed the tank with water and 5 1 2 1 toluene at 50 ° C. Before phase separation, the solids are extracted in the intermediate phase and washed with 0.5 1 of toluene. The organic phase is extracted with 2.4 1 of water, separated and evaporated to dryness on a rotary evaporator. The solid residue (1758 g) is suspended in 50 ° C bath temperature in 1.6 1 of methanol, the suspension is transferred into a 10 1-flanged flask and the flask rinsed with diisopropyl 2,4 1. The mixture is heated to reflux temperature (59 ° C) and stirred for 30 minutes under reflux. The suspension is cooled to 0 ° C., stirred at 0 ° C for 1 hour and extracted with 0.8 1 of a cold mixture of ether Methanol/Diisopropyl-: washed (1 1.5). The crystals are dried under a nitrogen atmosphere at 50 ° C/400 mbar.

Yield: 1456 g (81.5% of theory)

Example Z 10

3 – (toluene-4-sulfonylV6-oxa-3-aza-bicvclo [3.1.0] hexane

^{o “|” h “CH3}

334.5 g (1.5 mol) of l-(toluene-4-sulphonyl)-pyrroline are dissolved in 1.5 1 of dichloromethane at room temperature and over 15 minutes with a suspension of 408 g (approx. 1.65 to 1, 77 mol) of 70-75% m-chloroperbenzoic acid in 900 ml of dichloromethane (cools added in manufacturing from). The mixture is heated under reflux for 16 hr (test for

Peroxide with KI / starch paper shows yet to peroxide), the suspension was cooled to 5 ° C, sucks the precipitated m-chlorobenzoic acid and washed with 300 ml of dichloromethane (peroxide with Precipitation: negative; precipitate was discarded). The filtrate is to destroy excess peroxide with 300 ml of 10% sodium sulfite solution, washed twice (test for peroxide runs now negative), extracted with 300 ml of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, washed with water, dried with sodium sulfate and about a quarter of the volume evaporated. Again on test peroxide: negative. The mixture is concentrated and the solid residue is stirred with ice cooling, 400 ml of isopropanol, the precipitate filtered off and dried at 70 ° C in vacuum.

Yield: 295 g (82.3%),

Mp: 136-139 ° C,

TLC (dichloromethane methanol 98:2): 1 HK (Jodkammer)

Example CLOSED

^{trans-3-Hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-ethylamino-l-(‘toluene-4-sulfonyl’)} pyrrolidine

 

643.7 g (2.65 mol) 3 – (Toluoι-4-sulfonyl)-6-oxa-3-aza-bicyclo [3.1.0] hexane to 318.5 ml with ethanolamine in 4 1 of isopropanol at reflux for 16 hours cooked. After TLC monitoring, further 35.1 ml (total 5.86 mol) of ethanolamine added to the mixture and boiled again until the next morning. The mixture is filtered hot with suction and the filtrate concentrated on a rotary evaporator to 3.5 ltr. After seeding and stirring at room temperature for 3.5 1 diisopropyl ether are added, and stirred at 0 ° C for 6 hours. The precipitated crystals are filtered off, with 250 ml of a mixture of isopropanol / diisopropyl ether (1: 1) and washed 2 times with 300 ml of diisopropyl ether and dried overnight under high vacuum.

Yield: 663.7 g (83% of theory), content: 96.1% (area% by HPLC). Example Z 12

trans-toluene-4-sulfonic acid {2 – [[4-hydroxy-l-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl] – ftoluol-4-sulfonyl)-amino]-ethyl ester)

 

552 g (1.837 mol) of trans-3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-ethylamino)-l-(toluene-4-sulfonyl) – pyrrolidine are dissolved under argon in 1.65 1 tetrahydrofuran and 0.8 1 of pyridine dissolved and at -10 ° C in portions 700 g (3.675 mol) p-toluenesulfonyl chloride are added thereto. The mixture is then stirred at this temperature for 16 hours. The work is done by adding 4.3 18.5 1% aqueous hydrochloric acid, extraction twice with dichloromethane (3 1, 2 1), washing the combined organic phases with saturated Natriurnhydrogencarbonatlösung (3 1, 2 1), drying over sodium sulfate, extracting and distilling off the solvent in vacuo. The residue is dried overnight at the oil pump and crude in the next reaction. There were 1093 g as a hard foam (content [area% by HPLC]: 80% Tris-tosyl-product and 13% tetra-tosyl-product, yield see next step). Example Z 13

rac. trans-5 ,8-bis-tosyl-2-oxa-5 .6-diazabicyclor4 .3.01 nonane

 

1092 g of crude trans-toluene-4-sulfonic acid {2 – [[4-hydroxy-l-(toluene-4-sulfonyl) - pyrrolidin-3-yl] – (toluene-4-sulfonyl)-amino]-ethyl} were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran and 9.4 1 at 0-3 ° C with 1.4 1 of a 1.43 molar solution of sodium hydroxide in

Methanol reacted. After half an hour at this temperature, 2.1 1 of water and 430 ml of diluted (2:1) was added to the mixture and acetic acid with previously isolated crystals of trans-toluene-4-sulfonic acid {2 – [[4-hydroxy-l - (toluene-4-sulfo-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl] – (toluene-4-sulfonyl)-amino] ethyl}-seeded. The suspension is stirred overnight at 0 to -4 ° C. The next morning, the crystals are filtered off, washed twice with 400 ml of cold mixture of tetrahydrofuran / water (4:1) and dried at 3 mbar at 50 ° C overnight.

Yield: 503 g of white crystals (62.7%> of theory over 2 steps), content: 99.7% (area% by HPLC). Example Z 14

Preparative chromatographic resolution of racemic rac. trans-5.8-bis-tosyl-2-oxa-5.6-diazabicyclor4.3.0] nonane

The chromatography of the racemate at room temperature in a column (inner diameter 75 mm), which with 870 g of a chiral stationary phase (kie-selgelgebundenes poly (N-methacryloyl-L-leucine-d menthylamide) based on the mer captomodifizierten silica Polygosil 100 , 10 microns; see EP-A 0 379 917) is filled (bed height: 38 cm). Detection is carried out using a UV detector at 254 nm

For the sample application using a solution of a concentration of 100 g of rac. trans-5 ,8-bis-tosyl-2-oxa-5 ,6-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane in 3000 ml of tetrahydrofuran. A Trenncyclus is carried out under the following conditions: with the aid of a pump is required for 2 min at a flow of 50 ml / min, a part of the sample solution and the same time at a flow rate of 50 ml / min, pure n-heptane to the column.

Thereafter eluted at a flow rate of 100 ml / min 18 minutes with a mixture of n-Heptan/Tetrahydrofuran (3/2 vol / vol). This is followed for 3 minutes at a flow of 100 ml / min elution with pure tetrahydrofuran. Thereafter, further eluted with n-Heptan/Tetrahydro-furan (3/2 vol / vol). This cycle is repeated several times.

The first eluted enantiomer is the (lS, 6R) -5,8-bis-tosyl-2-oxa-5 ,6-diazabicyclo-[4.3.0] nonane, which is isolated by concentration. The eluate of the more retarding enantiomers is largely evaporated in vacuo, and the precipitated crystals are filtered off with suction and dried. From the separation of 179 g of racemate in this

As 86.1 g (96.2% of theory) of the enantiomer (lS, 6S) -5,8-bis-tosyl-2-oxa-5, 6 – diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane having a purity of> 99 % ee. Example Z 15

(LR, 6R-2-oxa-5.6-diazabicvclo [4.3.0] nonane dihydrobromide

 

38.3 g (87 mmol) of (lS, 6R) -5,8-bis-tosyl-2-oxa-5 ,6-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane in 500 ml of 33 -% HBr / glacial acetic acid 10 g added anisole and heated for 4 hours at 60 ° C (bath). After standing overnight, the suspension is cooled, the precipitate filtered, with

100 ml of abs. Ethanol and dried at 70 ° C under high vacuum.

Yield: 23.5 g (93%) of white solid product, mp 309-310 ° C (dec.), DC (dichloromethane/methanol/17% aq ammonia 30:8:1.): 1 HK

[Α] _D: + 0.6 ° (c = 0.53, H ₂ O) (fluctuating).

Example Z 16

(LS.6S-2-oxa-5.6-diazabicvclor4.3.01nonan-Dihvdrobromid

 

Z is analogous to Example 15 from (lS, 6S) -5,8-bis-tosyl-2-oxa-5 ,6-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] no-nan (1S, 6S)-2-oxa-5, 6-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane dihydrobromide receive. Example Z 17

(1 R.6R-2-oxa-5.8-diazabicvclo [4.3.Olnonan

 

1 Method: 5,8 g (20 mmol) of (lS, 6R)-2-oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane dihydro-drobromid are suspended in 100 ml of isopropanol at room temperature with 2.4 g ( 42.9 mmol) and powdered potassium hydroxide while leaving about 1 hour in an ultrasonic bath. The suspension is cooled in an ice bath, filtered, washed with isopropanol and the undissolved salt, the filtrate was concentrated and distilled in a Kugelrohr oven at 150-230 ° C oven temperature and 0.7 mbar. Obtained 2.25 g (87.9% of theory) of a viscous oil which crystallizes. [Α] _D -21.3 ° (c = 0.92, CHC1 ₃₎ Accordingly, this reaction can be carried out in ethanol.

2 Method: A homosexual genie catalyzed mixture of (lR, 6R)-2-oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane dihydrobromide and 620 mg (11 mmol) of powdered potassium hydroxide is dry in a Kugelrohr apparatus at 0.2 mbar and increasing oven temperature to 250 ° C distilled. Obtained 490 mg (76.6% of theory) of (lR, 6R) -2 – oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane as a viscous oil which slowly crystallized.

3 Method: 100 g of moist, pretreated cation exchanger (Dowex 50WX, H ⁺ - form, 100-200 mesh, capacity: 5.1 meq / g of dry or 1.7 meq / mL) are charged into a column with about 200 ml 1 N HC1 activated and washed neutral with water 3 1. A solution of 2.9 g (10 mmol) of (lS, 6R)-2-oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane

Dihydrobromide in 15 ml of water is added to the ion exchanger, and then washed with 2 1 water, and eluted with approximately 1 1 1 N ammonia solution. The eluate is evaporated. concentrated. Yield: 1.3 g of a viscous oil (quantitative), DC (dichloromethane/methanol/17% NH ₃ 30:8:1): 1 HK, GC: 99.6% (area).

Example Z 18

(LS.6SV2-oxa-5.8-diazabicvclor4.3.01nonan

 

Z is analogous to Example 17 from (lS, 6S)-2-oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane-di-hydrobromide the free base (lS, 6S)-2-oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [ 4.3.0] nonane made.

Example Z 19

2 – (2,4-dichloro-3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzoyl)-3-dimethylamino-acrylic acid ethyl ester

 

To a solution of 626 g (4.372 mol) of 3-dimethylamino-acrylate and 591 g (4.572 mol) of ethyl-diisopropyl-amine (Hunigs base) in 1060 ml of dichloromethane, a solution of 1075 g starting at room temperature 2,4-dichloro -3-cyano-5-fluoro-benzoyl chloride (94% pure, corresponding to 1010.5 g = 4.00 mol) was dropped in 850 ml of dichloromethane. The temperature rises to 50-55 ° C (dropwise addition about 90 minutes). Then stirred for 2 hours at 50 ° C and the reaction mixture was used without further purification in the next step.

Example Z 20

2 – (2,4-dichloro-3-Cyano-5-fluoro-benzoyl-3-cvclopropylamino-acrylate

 

To the reaction mixture from the above step 306 g (5.1 mol) of glacial acetic acid are added dropwise under cooling at about 15 ° C. Then, with further cooling at 10-15 ° C. 267.3 g (4.68 mol) of cyclopropyl amine is added dropwise. Immediately after which the reaction mixture is mixed with 1300 ml of water under ice-cooling and 15 minutes stirred well. The dichloromethane layer was separated and used in the next step.

Example 21 Z

7-chloro-8-cyano-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-1.4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-chinolincarbonsäureethyl ester

 

To a heated to 60-70 ° C suspension of 353 g (2.554 mol) of potassium carbonate in 850 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone, the dichloromethane phase is dropped from the precursor (about 90 minutes). During the addition of the dichloromethane at the same time

Reaction mixture was distilled off. Then the reaction mixture for 5 Vz hours at 60-70 ° C is well stirred. The mixture is cooled to about 50 ° C. and distilled under a vacuum of about 250 mbar residual dichloromethane from. At room temperature is added dropwise 107 ml 30% hydrochloric acid under ice cooling, then to obtain a pH of 5-6 is set. Then, 2,200 ml of water are added under ice cooling. The reaction mixture is thoroughly stirred for 15 minutes, the solid was then filtered off and washed on the filter twice with 1000 ml of water and extracted three times with 1000 ml of ethanol and then dried in a vacuum oven at 60 ° C.

Yield: 1200 g (89.6% of theory).

This product can be purified, if desired by, the solid is stirred in 2000 ml of ethanol for 30 minutes at reflux. You filtered hot with suction, washed with 500 ml of ethanol and dried at 60 ° C in vacuum. Melting point: 180-182 ° C.

Η-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 _3): d = 1.2 to 1.27 (m, 2H), 1.41 (t, 3H), 1.5-1.56 (m, 2H), 4, 1 to 4.8 (m, 1H), 4.40 (q, 2H), 8.44 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, H), 8.64 (s, 1H) ppm.

Example Z 22

7-chloro-8-cyano-1-cvclopropyl-6-fluoro-1 ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid

 

33.8 g (0.1 mol) of 7-chloro-8-cyano-l-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-l ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylate dissolved in a mixture of 100 ml of acetic acid, 20 ml water and 10 ml concentrated sulfuric acid was heated for 3 hours under reflux. After cooling, the mixture is poured onto 100 ml of ice water, the precipitate filtered off, washed with water and ethanol and dried at 60 ° C in vacuum.

Yield: 29.6 g (96% of theory),

Mp 216-21 C. (with decomposition)

Example 1

 

A 8-Cyano-l-cvclopropyl-6-fluoro-7-((lS.6S-2-oxa-5.8-diazabicvclo [4.3.0] non-8-yl – 1 ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3 -quinoline carboxylic acid

1.00 g (3.26 mmol) of 7-chloro-8-cyano-l-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-l ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid are heated with 501 mg (3.91 mmol) of ( lS, 6S)-2-oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane and 0.9 ml of triethylamine in 30 ml of acetonitrile was stirred at 40-45 ° C under argon for 25 hours. All volatile components in vacuo. removed and the residue recrystallized from ethanol. Yield: 1.22 g (94%)

Melting point: 294 ° C. (with decomposition)

B) ^{8-Cyano-l-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-7-(‘(lS.6S-2-oxa-5} ,8-diazabicvclo [4.3.01nonan-8-YLV 1.4-dihydro-4-oxo-3- quinoline carboxylic acid Hvdrochlorid

200 mg (0.63 mmol) of 8-cyano-l-cyclopropyl-6 ,7-difluoro-l ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid ethyl ester to be 97 mg (0.75 mmol) of (lS, 6S)-2-oxa-5, 8 - diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonane and 0.17 ml of triethylamine in 3 ml of acetonitrile was stirred at 40-45 ° C for 2 hours under argon. All volatile components in vacuo. removed, the residue treated with water, insolubles filtered off and the filtrate was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and then concentrated under reduced pressure. a. The resulting residue is dissolved in 6 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 2 ml of water and 30 mg (0.72 mmol) of lithium hydroxide monohydrate was added. After 16 hours of stirring at room temperature, acidified with dilute hydrochloric acid and the resulting precipitate was filtered off with suction and dried. Yield: 155 mg (57%) Melting point:> 300 ° C

C) 8-Cyano-l-cvclopropyl-6-fluoro-7-((lS, 6S-2-oxa-5.8-diazabicvclo [4.3.01non-8 yiyi.4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid hydrochloride

1 g (2.5 mmol) of 8-cyano-l-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-7-((lS, 6S)-2-oxa-5 ,8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-8-yl )-l ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid is suspended in 20 ml of water was added to the suspension, 10 ml hydrochloric acid and stirred for In at room temperature for 3 hours. The resulting precipitate is filtered off, washed with ethanol and dried at 80 ° C under high vacuum.

Yield: 987 mg (90.6% of theory), Melting point: 314-316 ° C. (with decomposition).

D) 8-Cyano-l-cvclopropyl-6-fluoro-7-(iS, 6S)-2-oxa-5.8-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-8-YLV 1 ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3 -quinoline carboxylic acid hydrochloride

86.4 g (217 mmol) of 8-cyano-l-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-7-((lS, 6S)-2-oxa-5, 8 – diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-8-yl) – l ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid are dissolved at room temperature in 963 ml of water and 239 ml of 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. After filtration and washing with 200 ml of water is added to 477 ml in aqueous hydrochloric acid and the precipitated crystals placed at 95 ° C to 100 ° C in solution. The solution is cooled overnight, the precipitated crystals are filtered off with suction and washed three times with 500 ml of water and dried in vacuum.

Yield 90 g (94.7% of theory), content:> 99% (area% by HPLC) 99.6% ee. [] _D ^23: -112 ° (c = 0.29, N NaOH).

 

……………….

Tetrahedron Lett 2009, 50(21): 2525

A novel approach to Finafloxacin hydrochloride (BAY35-3377) Pages 2525-2528 Jian Hong, Zonghua Zhang, Huoxing Lei, Haiying Cheng, Yufang Hu, Wanliang Yang, Yinglin Liang, Debasis Das, Shu-Hui Chen, Ge Li

Graphical abstract

 

Finafloxacin hydrochloride, an important clinical compound was synthesized by a novel synthetic approach. An active intermediate ethyl 7-chloro-8-cyano-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate 19 was prepared by a new route. The chiral (S,S′)-N-Boc 10 was derived from protected pyrrolidine and the absolute stereochemistry was established by X-ray analysis.

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0040403909005875

……………….

 

 

 

1. Durata Therapeutics, Inc. Finafloxacin for the treatment of cUTI and/or acute pyelonephritis. Available online: http://www.clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT01928433 (accessed on 28 September 2013).
2. Merlion Pharma. A multi-dose, double-blind, double-dummy, active control, randomized clinical (Phase II) study of two dosing regimens of finafloxacin for the treatment of cUTI and/or acute pyelonephritis.Available online: http://www.clinicaltrialsregister.eu/ctr-search/trial/2011–006041–14/PL/ (accessed on 14 April 2013).
3. Pharma, M. FDA Grants Qualified Infectious Disease Product Designation and Fast Track Status for MerLion Pharma’s Lead Antibacterial Candidate Finafloxacin; Merlion Pharma: Singapore, 2013; Volume 2013.
4. Lemaire, S.; van Bambeke, F.; Tulkens, P.M. Activity of finafloxacin, a novel fluoroquinolone with increased activity at acid pH, towards extracellular and intracellular Staphylococcus aureus, Listeria monocytogenes and Legionella pneumophila. Int. J. Antimicrob. Agents 2011, 38, 52–59, doi:10.1016/j.ijantimicag.2011.03.002.
5. Finafloxacin hydrochlorideDrugs Fut 2009, 34(6): 451
6. A novel approach to finafloxacin hydrochloride (BAY35-3377)Tetrahedron Lett 2009, 50(21): 2525
7. New fluoroquinolone finafloxacin HCI (FIN): Route of synthesis, physicochemical characteristics and activity under neutral and acid conditions48th Annu Intersci Conf Antimicrob Agents Chemother (ICAAC) Infect Dis Soc Am (IDSA) Annu Meet (October 25-28, Washington DC) 2008, Abst F1-2036

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

lactoferrin

Mon. Mar. 24, 2014 by Dr. Matthew Roe

http://www.naturalhealth365.com/food_news/0943_whey_protein.html

(NaturalHealth365) There is overwhelming evidence to suggest that whey protein can support the immune system, while killing cancer cells. Whey has multi-factorial benefits for cancer patients according to validated studies. It has a broad spectrum of compounds, which protect healthy cells and suppresses cancer cells.

Why should cancer patients consider whey protein?

Simply put, whey’s lactoferrin is a cancer killer. Lactoferrin activates the innate immune system cells like the neutrophils, macrophages and T-cells. These are the first line of defense against harmful pathogens – including cancer cells.

You see, cancer cells have a highly negative membrane charge which attracts lactoferrin, while healthy normal cells have a neutral charge. Lactoferrin is attracted to the cancer cells, attaches to them and triggers a process that kills the cancer cell; as well as blocking angiogenesis – the growth of blood vessels that feed cancer cells.

- See more at: http://www.naturalhealth365.com/food_news/0943_whey_protein.html

Lactoferrin (LF), also known as lactotransferrin (LTF), is a multifunctional protein of the transferrin family. Lactoferrin is a globularglycoprotein with a molecular mass of about 80 kDa that is widely represented in various secretory fluids, such as milk, saliva, tears, andnasal secretions. Lactoferrin is also present in secondary granules of PMN and is secreted by some acinar cells. Lactoferrin can be purified from milk or produced recombinantly. Human colostrum (“first milk”) has the highest concentration, followed by human milk, then cow milk (150 mg/L).

Lactoferrin is one of the components of the immune system of the body; it has antimicrobial activity (bacteriocide, fungicide) and is part of the innate defense, mainly at mucoses. In particular, lactoferrin provides antibacterial activity to human infants. Lactoferrin interacts withDNA and RNA, polysaccharides and heparin, and shows some of its biological functions in complexes with these ligands.

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

Serotonin /ˌsɛrəˈtoʊnɨn/ or 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) is a monoamine neurotransmitter. Biochemically derived from tryptophan, serotonin is primarily found in the gastrointestinal (GI) tract, platelets, and the central nervous system (CNS) of animals, including humans. It is popularly thought to be a contributor to feelings of well-being and happiness.^[6]

In 1935, Italian Vittorio Erspamer showed an extract from enterochromaffin cells made intestines contract. Some believed it contained adrenaline, but two years later, Erspamer was able to show it was a previously unknown amine, which he named “enteramine”. In 1948, Maurice M. Rapport, Arda Green, and Irvine Page of the Cleveland Clinic discovered a vasoconstrictor substance inblood serum, and since it was a serum agent affecting vascular tone, they named it serotonin.

In 1952, enteramine was shown to be the same substance as serotonin, and as the broad range of physiological roles was elucidated, the abbreviation 5-HT of the proper chemical name 5-hydroxytryptamine became the preferred name in the pharmacological field. Synonyms of serotonin include: 5-hydroxytriptamine, thrombotin, enteramin, substance DS, and 3-(β-Aminoethyl)-5-hydroxyindole.In 1953, Betty Twarog and Page discovered serotonin in the central nervous system.

Approximately 90% of the human body’s total serotonin is located in the enterochromaffin cells in the alimentary canal (gut), where it is used to regulate intestinal movements.^[7][8] The remainder is synthesized in serotonergic neurons of the CNS, where it has various functions. These include the regulation of mood, appetite, and sleep. Serotonin also has some cognitive functions, including memory and learning. Modulation of serotonin at synapses is thought to be a major action of several classes of pharmacological antidepressants.

Serotonin secreted from the enterochromaffin cells eventually finds its way out of tissues into the blood. There, it is actively taken up by bloodplatelets, which store it. When the platelets bind to a clot, they release serotonin, where it serves as a vasoconstrictor and helps to regulatehemostasis and blood clotting. Serotonin also is a growth factor for some types of cells, which may give it a role in wound healing.

Serotonin is metabolized mainly to 5-HIAA, chiefly by the liver. Metabolism involves first oxidation by monoamine oxidase to the correspondingaldehyde. This is followed by oxidation by aldehyde dehydrogenase to 5-HIAA, the indole acetic acid derivative. The latter is then excreted by the kidneys. One type of tumor, called carcinoid, sometimes secretes large amounts of serotonin into the blood, which causes various forms of thecarcinoid syndrome of flushing (serotonin itself does not cause flushing. Potential causes of flushing in carcinoid syndrome include bradykinins, prostaglandins, tachykinins, substance P, and/or histamine.), diarrhea, and heart problems. Because of serotonin’s growth-promoting effect on cardiac myocytes,^[9] persons with serotonin-secreting carcinoid may suffer a right heart (tricuspid) valve disease syndrome, caused by proliferation of myocytes onto the valve.

In addition to animals, serotonin is found in fungi and plants.^[10] Serotonin’s presence in insect venoms and plant spines serves to cause pain, which is a side-effect of serotonin injection. Serotonin is produced by pathogenic amoebae, and its effect on the gut causes diarrhea. Its widespread presence in many seeds and fruits may serve to stimulate the digestive tract into expelling the seeds.

Serotonin system, contrasted with thedopamine system

Serotonin is manufactured in the human brain using the essential amino acid tryptophan which is found in foods such as bananas, pineapples, plums, turkey and milk.

The enzyme tryptophan hydroxylase adds a hydroxyl group to tryptophan’s benzene ring at position 5, creating 5-hydroxytryptophan.  Another enzyme, amino acid decarboxylase, then removes a carboxyl group from 5-hydroxytryptophan, forming 5-hydroxytryptamine which is more commonly known as serotonin.

In animals including humans, serotonin is synthesized from the amino acid L-tryptophan by a short metabolic pathway consisting of two enzymes: tryptophan hydroxylase (TPH) and amino acid decarboxylase (DDC). The TPH-mediated reaction is the rate-limiting step in the pathway. TPH has been shown to exist in two forms: TPH1, found in several tissues, and TPH2, which is a neuron-specific isoform.

Serotonin can be synthesized from tryptophan in the lab using Aspergillus niger and Psilocybe coprophila as catalysts. The first phase to 5-hydroxytryptophan would require letting tryptophan sit in ethanol and water for 7 days, then mixing in enough HCl (or other acid) to bring the pH to 3, and then adding NaOH to make a pH of 13 for 1 hour. Asperigillus niger would be the catalyst for this first phase. The second phase to synthesizing tryptophan itself from the 5-hydroxytryptophan intermediate would require adding ethanol and water, and letting sit for 30 days this time. The next two steps would be the same as the first phase: adding HCl to make the pH = 3, and then adding NaOH to make the pH very basic at 13 for 1 hour. This phase uses the Psilocybe coprophila as the catalyst for the reaction.

Serotonin taken orally does not pass into the serotonergic pathways of the central nervous system, because it does not cross theblood–brain barrier. However, tryptophan and its metabolite 5-hydroxytryptophan (5-HTP), from which serotonin is synthesized, can and do cross the blood–brain barrier. These agents are available as dietary supplements, and may be effective serotonergic agents. One product of serotonin breakdown is 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid (5-HIAA), which is excreted in the urine. Serotonin and 5-HIAA are sometimes produced in excess amounts by certain tumors or cancers, and levels of these substances may be measured in the urine to test for these tumors.

Serotonin is a neurotransmitter involved in the transmission of nerve impulses.  Neurotransmitters are chemical messengers within the brain that allow the communication between nerve cells.

Packets of serotonin (vesicles) are released from the end of the presynaptic cell into the synaptic cleft.  The serotonin molecules can then bind to receptor proteins within the postsynaptic cell, which causes a change in the electrical state of the cell.  This change in electrical state can either excite the cell, passing along the chemical message, or inhibit it.  Excess serotonin molecules are taken back up by the presynaptic cell and reprocessed.

www.thebrain.mcgill.ca/flash/i/i_01/i_01_m/i_01_m_ana/i_01_m_ana.html

The neurons in the brain that release serotonin are found in small dense collections of neurons called Raphe Nuclei.  The Raphe Nuclei are found in the medulla, pons and midbrain which are all located at the top of the spinal cord.  Serotonergic neurons have axons which project to many different parts of the brain, therefore serotonin affects many different behaviors.

Low serotonin levels are believed to be the cause of many cases of mild to severe depression which can lead to symptoms such as anxiety, apathy, fear, feelings of worthlessness, insomnia and fatigue.  The most concrete evidence for the connection between serotonin and depression is the decreased concentrations of serotonin metabolites in the cerebrospinal fluid and brain tissues of depressed people.

http://www.depression.org/

If depression arises as a result of a serotonin deficiency then pharmaceutical agents that increase the amount of serotonin in the brain should be helpful in treating depressed patients.  Anti-depressant medications increase serotonin levels at the synapse by blocking the reuptake of serotonin into the presynaptic cell.  Anti-depressants are one of the most highly prescribed medications despite the serious side-effects they can cause.

If depression is mild enough it can sometimes be managed without prescribed medications.  The most effective way of raising serotonin levels is with vigorous exercise.  Studies have shown that serotonin levels are increased with increased activity and the production of serotonin is increased for some days after the activity.  This is the safest way of increasing serotonin levels and many other benefits result from regular exercise.

Serotonin levels can also be controlled through the diet.  A diet deficient in omega-3 fatty acids may lower brain levels of serotonin and cause depression.  Complex carbohydrates raise the level of tryptophan in the brain resulting in a calming effect.  Vitamin C is also required for the conversion of tryptophan into serotonin.

Lysergic acid diethylamide, more commonly known as LSD, is a non-toxic, non-addictive molecule which mimics serotonin in the brain.  The body ‘mistakes’ LSD for serotonin and shoots it across the synaptic cleft.  LSD has a higher affinity for 5-HT receptors than serotonin, thus the presence of LSD prevents

 serotonin from sending neural messages in the brain.  Once the LSD molecule is bound to the receptor proteins the message is not carried any further.  Instead the impulse is redirected to the older parts of the brain, where the bloodstream then takes it to the sense interpretive centres and the motor areas.

There are many similarities between the molecules of serotonin and LSD which allows this process to occur, the most obvious being their close structural similarities, particularly the indole ring shown highlighted in blue.

                    Serotonin                                            Lysergic acid diethylamide

Another close similarity between LSD and serotonin is the electron density of the highest occupied molecular orbital.  The electron density is lowest in the areas around the indole ring in both molecules.  This is indicated by the blue areas in the diagrams.

                                                Serotonin                                                    LSD

The dipole moment of the two molecules are very close.  Serotonin is 2.98 debye and LSD is 3.04 debye, with the dipole moment going towards the NH₂ group in both molecules.  The close similarity in dipole moment is key to the ability of LSD to fit into the same receptors as serotonin.

The combination of all of these chemical similarities allows LSD to imitate serotonin and cause psychedelic hallucinations and visions.

1.  Pietra, S.;Farmaco, Edizione Scientifica 1958, Vol. 13, pp. 75–9.
2.  Calculated using Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V11.02 (©1994–2011 ACD/Labs)
3.  Mazák, K.; Dóczy, V.; Kökösi, J.; Noszál, B. (2009). “Proton Speciation and Microspeciation of Serotonin and 5-Hydroxytryptophan”. Chemistry & Biodiversity 6 (4): 578–90.doi:10.1002/cbdv.200800087. PMID 19353542.
4.  Erspamer, Vittorio (1952). Ricerca Scientifica 22: 694–702.
5.  Tammisto, Tapani (1968). Annales Medicinae Experimentalis et Biologiea Fenniae 46 (3, Pt. 2): 382–4.
6.  Young SN (2007). “How to increase serotonin in the human brain without drugs”. Rev. Psychiatr. Neurosci. 32(6): 394–99. PMC 2077351. PMID 18043762.
7.  King MW. “Serotonin”. The Medical Biochemistry Page. Indiana University School of Medicine. Retrieved 1 December 2009.
8.  Berger M, Gray JA, Roth BL (2009). “The expanded biology of serotonin”. Annu. Rev. Med. 60: 355–66.doi:10.1146/annurev.med.60.042307.110802.PMID 19630576.
9.  Bianchi, P. (2005). “A new hypertrophic mechanism of serotonin in cardiac myocytes: Receptor-independent ROS generation”. The FASEB Journal. doi:10.1096/fj.04-2518fje.
10.  Kang K, Park S, Kim YS, Lee S, Back K (2009). “Biosynthesis and biotechnological production of serotonin derivatives”. Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 83 (1): 27–34.doi:10.1007/s00253-009-1956-1. PMID 19308403.

www.encyclopedia.com/html/s1/serotoni.asp

www.angelfire.com/hi/TheSeer/seratonin.html

www.findthelight.net/Depression/the_chemistry_of_dep.htm

http://www.cmste.uncc.edu/Document%20Hold/Sawsun-%20Serotonin%20FINAL%20PAPER.doc

www.totse.com/en/technology/science_technology/seroton.html

www.macalester.edu/~psych/whathap/ubnrp/mdma/serotonin.html

www.serendipity.li/mcclay/pineal.html#a1.6

www.serendip.brynmawr.edu/bb/neuro/neuro98/202s98-paper3/Frederickson3.html

www.serendip.brynmawr.edu/bb/neuro/neuro99/web1/Byrd.html

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

MK 2048

Molecular Formula: C₂₁H₂₁ClFN₅O₄   Molecular Weight: 461.873943

869901-69-9, 3oyl, 3oyn

Merck & Co., Inc.

6(S)-2-(3-Chloro-4-fluorobenzyl)-8-ethyl-10-hydroxy-N,6-dimethyl-l,9-dioxo-l,2,6,7,8,9- hexahydropyrazino[r,2':l,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridazine-4-carboxamide

MK-2048 is a second generation integrase inhibitor, intended to be used against HIV infection. It is superior to the first available integrase inhibitor,raltegravir, in that it inhibits the HIV enzyme integrase 4 times longer. It is being investigated for use as part of pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). ^[1]

It is being developed by Merck & Co.^[2]

MK-2048 is a second generation integrase inhibitor for HIV-1 integrase. MK-2048 inhibits subtype B and subtype C integrase activities. MK-2048 inhibits R263K mutants slightly more effectively than G118R mutants.

MK-2048 inhibits S217H intasome and, by contrast, MK2048 remains fully active against the N224H intasome. MK2048 displays substantially lower dissociation rates compared with raltegravir, another integrase inhibitor.

MK-2048 is active against viruses resistant to RAL and EVG. MK-2048 exposure leads to the selection of G118R as a possible novel resistance mutation after 19 weeks. MK-2048, with continued pressure, subsequently leads to an additional substitution, at position E138K, after 29 weeks, within the IN gene.

Although the G118R mutation alone confers only slight resistance to MK-2048 but not to RAL or EVG, its presence arouses a dramatic reduction in viral replication capacity compared to wild-type NL4-3. E138K both partially restores viral replication capacity and also contributes to increased levels of resistance against MK-2048.

Structure of MK-2048 with important pharmacophore highlighted

…………………..

Synthesis

WO2005110415A1

http://www.google.as/patents/WO2005110415A1?cl=en

EXAMPLE 62 6(S)-2-(3-Chloro-4-fluorobenzyl)-8-ethyl-10-hydroxy-N,6-dimethyl-l,9-dioxo-l,2,6,7,8,9- hexahydropyrazino[r,2':l,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridazine-4-carboxamide

Step 1: te rt-Butyl[( 1 S)-2-(ethylamino)- 1 -methylethyl] carbamate To a cold (0 °C) solution of N-(tø/ -butoxycarbonyl)-L-alanine N’-methoxy-N’- methylamide (15.6 g, 67.2 mmol) in anhydrous THF (150 mL) and diethyl ether (400 mL), solid lithium aluminum hydride (5.1 g, 134.3 mmol) was added portionwise over a period of 30 minutes. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and cooled back to 0 °C. The reaction was treated carefully with an aqueous solution of potassium hydrogen sulfate (250 mL, 1M). The resultant mixture was diluted with diethyl ether.

The organic extract was washed successively with dilute hydrochloric acid, and brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to provide the corresponding aldehyde as colorless solid. Without further purification, a cold (0 °C), stirred solution of the intermediate aldehyde (10.7 g, 61.8 mmol) and ethylamine hydrogen chloride (10.1 g, 123.5 mmol) in methanol (72 mL) was treated with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (17.2 g, 80.9 mmol) in one portion. The mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature.

After stirring at room temperature overnight, the solution was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between diethyl ether and cold aqueous sodium hydroxide (1.5 M). The ethereal extract was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to provide the titled compound. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.68 (br s, IH), 3.75 (br t, IH), 2.62 (m, 5 H), 1.13 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H),

1.09 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). ES MS M+l = 203

Step 2: ført-Butyl { ( 1 S)-2-[(bromoacetyl)ethylamino] – 1 -methylethyl } carbamate To a cold (0 °C) stirred solution of ?ert-butyl[(lS)-2-(ethylamino)-l- methylethyl]carbamate (11.0 g, 54.6 mmol) in a mixture of ethyl acetate (107 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (65 mL), bromoacetyl bromide (12.1 g, 60.0 mmol) was added portionwise under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature over a period of 3.5 hours. The organic phase was separated, washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was concentrated as a solution in toluene under vacuum to afford the title compound. ES MS M+l = 323, 325.

Step 3: fe7 -Butyl (2S)-4-ethyl-2-methyl-5-oxopiperazine-l-carboxylate To a stirred slurry of sodium hydride (1.7 g, 69.8 mmol) in anhydrous THF (800 mL), a solution of tert-butyl{(lS)-2-[(bromoacetyl)ethylamino]-l-methylethyl}carbamate (17.4 g, 53.7 mmol) in anhydrous THF (100 mL) was added dropwise over a period of 1 hour under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for two hours, cooled in an ice-water bath, and quenched with dropwise addition of aqueous citric acid (80 mL, 1M). The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between chloroform and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was subjected to column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient of 0-15% acetonitrile in chloroform. Collection and concentration of appropriate fractions provided the title compound. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.46 (br s, IH), 4.24 (d, J = 18.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.78 (d, J = 18.4 Hz, 1 H),

3.64 (dd, J = 12.3, 4.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.54 (heptet, J = 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.38 (heptet, J = 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 2.99 (dd, J = 12.3, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.21 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). ES MS M+l = 243.

Step 4: (5S)-l-Ethyl-5-methylpiperazin-2-one hydrochloride Anhydrous hydrogen chloride gas was bubbled into a cold (-20 °C) solution of tert-butyl (2S)-4-ethyl-2-methyl-5-oxopiperazine-l-carboxylate (10.5 g, 43.4 mmol) in ethyl acetate (250 mL) under nitrogen. After the solution was saturated with hydrogen chloride, the reaction mixture was stirred in an ice-water bath for 30 minutes. The product mixture was purged with nitrogen, concentrated under vacuum to provide the title hydrogen chloride salt as pale yellow solid. lH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.00 (br d, 2H), 3.72 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1 H), 3.62(d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1 H),

3.49-3.35 (m, 5 H), 3.29 (heptet, /= 7.3 Hz, 1 H), 1.31 (d, / = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H).

Step 5: Ethyl (4S)-2-ethyl-8-hydroxy-4-methyl-l-oxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazin-7- carboxy late Anhydrous ammonia gas was bubbled into a cold (0 °C) solution of (5S)-l-Ethyl-5- methylpiperazin-2-one hydrochloride (5.8 g, 32.3 mmol) in chloroform for 30 minutes. The resultant slurry was filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residual oil was concentrated as a solution in toluene under vacuum, redissolved in toluene (120 mL) and treated with diethyl ethoxymethylenemalonate (7.0 g, 32.3 mmol) and heated in a sealed flask in an oil bath at 100 °C overnight. The resultant solution was concentrated under vacuum. The residual oil was concentrated as a solution in toluene under vacuum to provide the corresponding diethyl { [(2S)-4-ethyl-2-methyl-5- oxopiperazin-l-yl]methylene}malonate. Without further purification, to a solution of the malonate (10.5 g, 33.5 mmol) in anhydrous THF (330 mL) warmed with an external oil bath at 65 °C under an atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (35.1 mL, 1 M, 35.1 mmol) was added. The solution was heated at the same temperature for one hour and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and hydrochloric acid (1M). The organic extract was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether. The solid precipitated was filtered, washed with diethyl ether to provide the title compound as pale brown solid. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.43 (s, IH), 7.11 (s, IH), 4.32 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.24 (m, IH), 3.65-

3.35 (m, 4H), 1.51 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.19 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). ES MS M+l = 267

Step 6: Ethyl (4S)-2-ethyl-8-methoxy-4-methyl-l-oxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazin-7- carboxylate A mixture of ethyl (4S)-2-ethyl-8-hydroxy-4-methyl-l -oxo- 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydropyrrolo[ 1,2- a]pyrazin-7-carboxylate (6.6 g, 24.8 mmol), anhydrous potassium carbonate (13.7 g, 99.1 mmol, 325 mesh), and iodomethane (4.2 g, 29.7 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (123 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between chloroform and dilute hydrochloric acid. The organic extract was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was subjected to column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient of 0-3% methanol in chloroform. Collection and concentration of appropriate fractions provided the title compound. Residual methanol was removed by concentrating from its solution in toluene under vacuum. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.19 (s, IH), 4.29 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2 H), 4.24 (m, IH), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.70-

3.32 (m, 4 H), 1.52 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.19 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). ES MS M+l = 281

Step 7: Ethyl (4S)-6-bromo-2-ethyl-8-methoxy-4-methyl-l-oxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrrolo[l,2- a]pyrazin-7-carboxylate To a mixture of ethyl (4S)-2-ethyl-8-(methoxy)-4-methyl-l-oxo-l,2,3,4- tetrahydropyrrolo[l,2- ]pyrazine-7-carboxylate (6.2 g, 22.1 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (20.0 g, 238.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (500 mL) at 0 °C, a solution of bromine in dichloromethane (24.2 mmol, 0.5 M) was added over a period of 60 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was subjected to column chromatography on silica gel eluted with ethyl acetate. Collection and concentration of appropriate fractions provided the corresponding bromide. Residual ethyl acetate was removed by concentrating from its solution in benzene under vacuum. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.58 (br m, IH), 4.34 (m, IH), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.92 (dd, J = 13.0, 4.0 Hz,

IH), 3.67 (heptet, J = 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.49 (heptet, J = 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.23 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, IH), 1.40 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (t, 7 = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). ES MS M+l = 359, 361.

Step 8: Ethyl (4S)-2-ethyl-8-(methoxy)-6-[methoxy(oxo)acetyl]-4-methyl-l-oxo-l,2,3,4- tetrahydropyrrolo[ 1 ,2- ]pyrazine-7-carboxylate To a cold (-78 °C) solution of ethyl (4S)-6-bromo-2-ethyl-8-methoxy-4-methyl-l-oxo- l,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazin-7-carboxylate (8.51 g, 23.7 mmol) in anhydrous THF (800 mL) under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen, a solution of n-BuLi in hexane (10.5 mL, 26.3 mmol, 2.5 M) was added. The resultant mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 20 minutes. A solution of dimethyl oxalate (6.4 g, 53.8 mmol; dried from concentration from benzene under vac) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1 hour and cannulated into a mixture of aqueous sulfuric acid (240 mL, 2M) and THF (200 mL) maintained between at -5 to -35 °C. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 times). The organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was subjected to column chromatography on silica gel eluted with 40 to 100% ethyl acetate- hexane gradient. Collection and concentration of appropriate fractions provided the titled compound. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 5.07 (m, IH), 4.29 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.99-3.93 (m, IH), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.74-3.66 (m, IH), 3.53-3.48 (m, IH), 3.23 (dd, J = 1.3, 13.2 Hz, IH), 1.46 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (t, 7= 7.1 Hz, 3H). ES MS M+l = 367

Step 9: (6S)-8-Ethyl-10-methoxy-6-methyl-l,9-dioxo-l,2,6,7,8,9- hexahydropyrazino[r,2':l,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridazine-4-carbohydrazide A mixture of ethyl (4S)-2-ethyl-8-(methoxy)-6-[methoxy(oxo)acetyl]-4-methyl-l-oxo- l,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrrolo[l,2-α]pyrazine-7-carboxylate (3.3 g, 8.9 mmol) and anhydrous hydrazine (1.7 mL, 53.7 mmol) in methanol (400 mL) was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was concentrated from toluene. The resultant gummy solid was treated with methanol (20 mL). Diethyl ether was added to the resultant slurry which was filtered to provide the title compound as white solid. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.99 (br s, 2H), 5.54 (br m, IH), 4.12 (m, IH), 4.10 (s, 3H), 3.81 (m, IH),

3.39 (m, IH), 3.21 (d, 7 = 12.6 Hz, IH), 1.44 (d, 7 = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (t, 7 = 7.3 Hz, 3H). ES MS M+l =

335

Step 10: (6S)-8-Ethyl-10-methoxy-N,6-dimethyl-l,9-dioxo-l,2,6,7,8,9- hexahydropyrazino[r,2':l,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridazine-4-carboxamide To a solution of (6S)-8-ethyl-10-methoxy-6-methyl-l,9-dioxo-l,2,6,7,8,9- hexahydropyrazino[r,2':l,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridazine-4-carbohydrazide (0.39 g, 1.2 mmol) and methylamine (5.9 mL, 11.8 mmol; 2 M in THF) in anhydrous dichloromethane (25 mL) in a water bath at room temperature, a solution of iodine (0.60 g, 2.4 mmol) in dichloromethane was added dropwise.

After the addition was completed, an aqueous solution of sodium sulfite was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously for 10 minutes. The organic phase was separated, diluted with chloroform, and washed with brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was triturated with a mixture of ethanol (7 mL) and diethyl ether (25 mL). The white solid precipitated was obtained by filtration and dried from its solution in toluene under vacuum. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 11.57 (s, IH), 7.38 (m, IH), 5.95 (br m, IH), 4.17 (s, 3H), 4.03 (dd, 7 =

13.4, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.76 (heptet, 7 = 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.50 (heptet, 7 = 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 2.99 (dd, 7 = 12.9, 1.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.03 (d, 7 = 5.0 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (d, 7 = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (t, 7 = 7.2 Hz, 3H). ES MS M+l = 334 Step 11: (6S)-2-(3-Chloro-4-fluorobenzyl)-8-ethyl-10-methoxy-N,6-dimethyl-l,9-dioxo- l,2,6,7,8,9-hexahydropyrazino[r,2': l,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridazine-4-carboxamide To a cold (0 °C) solution of (6S)-8-ethyl-10-methoxy-N,6-dimethyl-l,9-dioxo- l,2,6,7,8,9-hexahydropyrazino[l',2': l,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridazine-4-carboxamide (1.58 g, 4.73 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (50 mL), a solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (4.97 mL, 4.97 mmol, 1 M in THF) was added. After stirring at the same temperature for 25 minutes, 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzyl bromide (1.27 g, 5.68 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between chloroform and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was subjected to column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a 1-5% methanol in ethyl acetate gradient. Collection and concentration of appropriate fractions provided the title compound. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.46 (dd, 7 = 6.9, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.32 (m, IH), 7.09 (t, 7 = 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.03

(br signal, IH), 5.92 (m, IH), 5.32 (d, 7 = 14.1 Hz, IH), 5.26 (d, 7= 14.1 Hz, IH), 4.14 (s, 3H), 3.97 (dd, 7 = 13.2, 3.7 Hz, IH), 3.73 (heptet, 7 = 7.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.51 (heptet, 7 = 7.1 Hz, IH), 3.21 (dd, 7= 13.2, 1.7 Hz, IH), 3.03 (d, 7 = 5.0 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, 7 = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (t, 7 = 7.1 Hz, 3H). ES MS M+l = 476

Step 12:

(6S)-2-(3-Chloro-4-fluorobenzyl)-8-ethyl-10-hydroxy-N,6-dimethyl-l,9-dioxo- l,2,6,7,8,9-hexahydropyrazino[r,2':l,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d3pyridazine-4-carboxamide

To a solution of (6S)-2-(3-chloro-4-fluorobenzyl)-8-ethyl-10-methoxy-N,6-dimethyl-l,9- dioxo-l,2,6,7,8,9-hexahydropyrazino[r,2':l,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridazine-4-carboxamide (1.15 g, 2.41 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (800 mL), a solution of boron tribromide in dichloromethane (3.14 mL, 3.14 mmol; 1 M) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 minutes, the reaction mixture was treated with anhydrous methanol, stirred for 30 minutes, and concentrated under vacuum. The procedure was repeated twice. The residue was dissolved in a mixture of methanol and acetonitrile and treated with aqueous sodium hydroxide. The mixture was subjected to purification on preparative reverse phase high pressure column chromatography. Collection and lyophilization of appropriate fractions provided the title compound as white amorphous solid.

MK 2048

lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.48 (dd, 7 = 7.0, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.33 (m, IH), 7.09 (t, 7 = 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.01 (m, IH), 5.33 (d, 7= 14.1 Hz, IH), 5.27 (d, 7 = 14.1 Hz, IH), 3.99 (dd, 7= 12.8, 4.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.71(heptet, 7 = 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.49 (heptet, 7 = 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.24 (dd, 7 = 13.2, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 3.03 (d, 7 = 5.1 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, 7 = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.24 (t, 7 = 7.3 Hz, 3H). ES MS M+l = 462

The amorphous product was dissolved in boiling methanol (1.4 g/200 mL). Upon cooling in an ice-water bath, a precipitate formed which was separated by obtained by filtration to afford a white crystalline solid.

MK 2048sodium salt

The corresponding sodium salt was prepared by treatment of a solution of (6S)-2-(3- chloro-4-fluorobenzyl)-8-ethyl- 10-hydroxy-N,6-dimethyl-l ,9-dioxo- 1 ,2,6,7,8,9- hexahydropyrazino[r,2':l,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridazine-4-carboxamide (920 mg, 1.99 mmol) in aqueous acetonitrile with aqueous sodium hydroxide (1.03 equivalent), followed by lyophilization of the resultant solution.

(5S)-1-ethyl-5-methylpiperazin-2-one

 1,5-Cyclooctadiene-iridium(I) chloride dimer, Chloro(1,5-cyclooctadiene)iridium(I) dimer, Di-μ-chlorobis[(1,2,5,6-η)-1,5-cyclooctadiene]diiridium, Iridium(I) chloride 1,5-cyclooctadiene complex dimer, [Ir(1,5-cod)Cl]2, [Ir(1,5-cod)Cl]₂, [Ir(cod)Cl]2

(S)-1-[(R)-2-Di-(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl-phosphino)ferrocenyl]-ethyl-dicyclohexylphosphine

SL-J006-2

(5S)-l-Ethyl-5-methylpiperazin-2-one was alternatively prepared as follows:

Step 1: N^rf-Butoxycarbonyl-N^ethylglycinamide Ethylamine (37 g, 0.82 mol) was condensed into a pressure vessel at 0 °C. N-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)glycine methyl ester (50 mL, 0.34 mol) was added. The vessel was sealed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The product mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was passed through a pad of silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate. The solution was concentrated under vacuum to provide the title compound as a clear oil. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.11 (br s, IH), 5.18 (br s, IH), 3.77 (d, 7 = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.31 (q, 7 = 7.1

Hz, 2H), 1.15 (t, 7 = 7.1 Hz, 3H).

Step 2: l-Ethyl-5-methylpyrazin-2(lH)-one A cold (0 °C) solution of N^tø^butoxycarbonyl-N^ethylglycinamide (68.0 g, 0.33 mol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (500 mL) was saturated with anhydrous hydrogen chloride gas. After stirring at the same temperature for 1.5 hours, the solution was recharged with more hydrogen chloride gas and stirred for additional 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in methanol, diluted with toluene, and concentrated under vacuum to afford the intermediate N-ethylglycinamide HCI salt.

This was stored under vacuum overnight and used without further purification. A solution of N-ethylglycinamide HCI salt (44.2 g, 0.32 mol), aqueous sodium hydroxide (640 mL, 1M), water (350 mL), pyruvic aldehyde (20.9 mL, 40% solution in water) was heated in an oil bath at 120 °C for one hour. The reaction mixture was cooled and saturated with solid sodium chloride. The mixture was extracted with chloroform (4×250 mL).

The combined organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and passed through a plug of silica gel. The silica gel was rinsed successively with ethyl acetate and then 2% methanol in ethyl acetate. The eluted fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum. The residual solid was recrystallized from diethyl ether to afford the title compound as pale yellow solid. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.11 (s, IH), 6.92 (s, IH), 3.92 (q, 7 = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.37 (t, 7 = 7.2 Hz, 3H).

Step 3: (5 S)- 1 -Ethyl-5-methylpiperazin-2-one

A mixture of chloro-l,5-cyclooctadiene iridium (I) dimer (34 mg, 51 μmol) and (S)-l-[(R)-2-di-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)phosphino)ferrocenyl]ethyldicyclohexylphosphine (44 mg, 51 μmol; Solvias AG, SL-J006-2) in a mixture of 1:2 toluene and methanol (100 mL; purged with nitrogen for 15 minutes) was sonicated under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 15 minutes. To the resultant mixture, iodine (0.39 g, 1.52 mmol) and l-ethyl-5-methylpyrazin-2(lH)-one (7.0 g, 50.66 mmol) was added. The resultant mixture was heated in an oil bath at 50 °C under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas at 800 psi for 48 hours. The product mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was treated with chloroform saturated with ammonia gas (100 mL). The resultant suspension was filtered through a pad of Celite, which was the rinsed with chloroform saturated with ammonia gas. The combined filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was concentrated as a solution in toluene for subsequent reaction. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.58 (d, 7 = 17.2 Hz, IH), 3.53(d, 7 = 17.2 Hz, IH), 3.49-3.35 (m, 2H),

1.19 (d, 7 = 5.9 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (t, 7 = 7.2 Hz, 3H).

……………..

US 7538112

http://www.google.com/patents/US7538112

Step 12: (6S)-2-(3-Chloro-4-fluorobenzyl)-8-ethyl-10-hydroxy-N,6-dimethyl-1,9-dioxo-1,2,6,7,8,9-hexahydropyrazino[1′,2′:1,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridazine-4-carboxamide

To a solution of (6S)-2-(3-chloro-4-fluorobenzyl)-8-ethyl-10-methoxy-N,6-dimethyl-1,9-dioxo-1,2,6,7,8,9-hexahydropyrazino[1′,2′:1,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridazine-4-carboxamide (1.15 g, 2.41 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (800 mL), a solution of boron tribromide in dichloromethane (3.14 mL, 3.14 mmol; 1 M) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 minutes, the reaction mixture was treated with anhydrous methanol, stirred for 30 minutes, and concentrated under vacuum. The procedure was repeated twice. The residue was dissolved in a mixture of methanol and acetonitrile and treated with aqueous sodium hydroxide. The mixture was subjected to purification on preparative reverse phase high pressure column chromatography. Collection and lyophilization of appropriate fractions provided the title compound as white amorphous solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.48 (dd, J=7.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.09 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (m, 1H), 5.33 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (dd, J=12.8, 4.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.71 (heptet, J=7.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.49 (heptet, J=7.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.24 (dd, J=13.2, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 3.03 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.24 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). ES MS M+1=462

The amorphous product was dissolved in boiling methanol (1.4 g/200 mL). Upon cooling in an ice-water bath, a precipitate formed which was separated by obtained by filtration to afford a white crystalline solid.

The corresponding sodium salt was prepared by treatment of a solution of (6S)-2-(3-chloro-4-fluorobenzyl)-8-ethyl-10-hydroxy-N,6-dimethyl-1,9-dioxo-1,2,6,7,8,9-hexahydropyrazino[1′,2′:1,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridazine-4-carboxamide (920 mg, 1.99 mmol) in aqueous acetonitrile with aqueous sodium hydroxide (1.03 equivalent), followed by lyophilization of the resultant solution.

References

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

Ranbezolid

392659-39-1 hydrochloride

392659-38-0 (free base)

N-{[(5S)-3-(3-Fluoro-4-{4-[(5-nitro-2-furyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl}phenyl)-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl]methyl}acetamide

(S)-N-[[3-fluoro-4-[N-1[4-{2-furyl-(5-nitro)methyl}]piperazinyl]-phenyl]-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl]-methyl]acetamide

Infections due to Gram-positive bacteria such as methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA), vancomycin-resistant Enterococcus faecium (VRE), and penicillin-resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae(PRSP) are the leading cause of morbidity and mortality in hospital settings and community today. Oxazolidinones are a new class of totally synthetic antibacterial agents active against Gram-positive infections. Linezolid  (Zyvox™, Pharmacia/Pfizer,  is a drug in this class, approved in the United States and Europe for treatment of Gram-positive nosocomial and community-acquired pneumoniae and skin infections. Oxazolidinones inhibit the bacterial protein synthesis prior to the chain initiation step, by binding to the 23S rRNA of 50S ribosomal subunit, and interfering with the initiator fMet–tRNA binding to the P-site of the ribosomal peptidyltransferase centre

Ranbezolid hydrochloride, RBx-7644

The title compound is prepared by reductive alkylation of the known piperazinyl oxazolidinone derivative (I) with 5-nitro-2-furfural (II) in the presence of NaBH(OAc)3, followed by conversion to the corresponding hydrochloride salt.

EP 1303511; US 2002103186; WO 0206278; WO 0307870; WO 0308389

…………….

synthesis

The antibacterial activity of RBx-7644 is due to the 5(S)-acetamidomethyl configuration at the oxazolidinone ring, and thus, asymmetric synthesis of only the 5(S)-enantiomer was desirable: 3,4-Difluoronitrobenzene (I) is condensed with piperazine in acetonitrile to give 4-(2-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)-piperazine (II) as a light yellow compound. Compound (II) is dissolved in dichloromethane and triethylamine, followed by the addition of Boc-anhydride, to provide compound (III). 4-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-1-(2-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)piperazine (III), upon hydrogenation with H2 over Pd/C in methanol at 50 psi, yields 4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1-(2-fluoro-4-aminophenyl)piperazine (IV) as a dark solid. Compound (IV) reacts with benzylchloroformate in dry THF in the presence of solid sodium bicarbonate to afford the desired compound (V). 4-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-1-[2-fluoro-4-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)phenyl]piperazine (V), upon treatment with n-BuLi and (R)-glycidyl butyrate at -78 癈, gives the desired (R)-(-)-3-[3-fluoro-4-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl]phenyl]-5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-oxazolidinone (VI). The hydroxymethyl compound (VI) is treated with methanesulfonyl chloride in dichloromethane in the presence of triethylamine to give (R)-(-)-3-[3-fluoro-4-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl]phenyl]-5-(methylsulfonyloxymethyl)-2-oxazolidinone (VII). The sulfonyl derivative (VII) is treated with sodium azide in dimethylformamide to provide the azide (VIII) as a white solid. (R)-(-)-3-[3-Fluoro-4-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenyl]-5-(azidomethyl)-2-oxazolidinone (VIII), upon hydrogenation with H2 over Pd/C at 45 psi, gives (S)-(-)-3-[3-fluoro-4-[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]phenyl]-5-(aminomethyl)-2-oxazolidinone (IX). The aminomethyl compound (IX), upon treatment with acetic anhydride in dichloromethane in the presence of triethylamine, affords the acetamide derivative (X). The acetamidomethyl-oxazolidinone derivative (X), upon treatment with trifluoroacetic acid, gives (S)-(-)-3-[3-fluoro-4-(1-piperazinyl)phenyl]-5-(acetamidomethyl)-2-oxazolidinone, which, without isolation, is treated with 5-nitro-2-furaldehyde in the presence of sodium triacetoxy borohydride to provide compound (XI). Compound (XI), upon treatment with ethanolic HCl, affords RBx-7644 as a light yellow crystalline solid.

………………….

polymorphs

http://www.google.com/patents/US20050209248

(S)-N-[[3-fluoro-4-[N-1[4-{2-furyl-(5-nitro)methyl}]piperazinyl]-phenyl]-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl]-methyl]acetamidehydrochloride having the Formula I.

The compound of Formula I, namely, (S)-N-[[3-fluoro-4-[N-1 [4-{2-furyl-(5-nitro)methyl}] piperazinyl]-phenyl]-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl]-methyl]acetamide hydrochloride is a phenyl oxazolidinone derivative, as disclosed in PCT application WO 02/06278. It is said to be useful as antimicrobial agent, effective against a number of human and veterinary pathogens, including gram-positive aerobic bacteria, such as multiply resistant staphylococci, streptococci and enterococci as well as anaerobic organisms such as Bacterioides spp. andClostridia spp. species, and acid fast organisms such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium avium and Mycobacterium spp.

The PCT application WO 02/06278 describes the preparation of compounds of Formula I. The products of Formula I obtained by following the cited methods tend to be hygroscopic and difficult to filter. These types of disadvantageous properties have proven to be serious obstacles to the large-scale manufacture of a compound. Further, handling problems are encountered during the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions comprising the hygroscopic compound of Formula I obtained by following the method disclosed in WO 02/06278.

EXAMPLE 1 Preparation of Polymorphic ‘Form A’ of the Compound of Formula I

50 gm of free base of Formula I was dissolved in ethanol (750 ml) by heating at about 60° C. and to this solution was added ethanolic HCl (13.36 ml, 8.9 N) at about 45-50° C. The reaction mixture was cooled to about 10° C., and stirred for about 4 hours. The separated solid was filtered off and dried under vacuum at 60° C. The solid was then digested in ethanol (150 ml) at 70-80° C. for about 4 hours. It was then cooled to about 10° C., the solid was filtered and dried under vacuum at 60-65° C. to give 30 gm of the pure polymorphic ‘Form A’ of compound of Formula I.

………………

Synthesis and SAR of novel oxazolidinones: Discovery of ranbezolid

Bioorg Med Chem Lett 2005, 15(19): 4261

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960894X05008310

Graphical abstract

Novel oxazolidinones were synthesized containing a number of substituted five-membered heterocycles attached to the ‘piperazinyl–phenyl–oxazolidinone’ core of eperezolid. Further, the piperazine ring of the core was replaced by other diamino-heterocycles. These modifications led to several compounds with potent activity against a spectrum of resistant and susceptible Gram-positive organisms, along with the identification of ranbezolid (RBx 7644) as a clinical candidate.

Substitution of five-membered heterocycles on to the ‘piperazinyl–phenyl–oxazolidinone’ core structure led to the identification of ranbezolid as a clinical candidate. Further replacement of piperazine ring with other diamino-heterocycles led to compounds with potent antibacterial activity.

• Synthesis of compound 7: (S)-N-[[3-[3-Fluoro-4-(N-4-tert-butoxycarbonyl-piperazin-1-yl)phenyl]-2-oxo-5-oxa-zolidinyl]-methyl]acetamide (28a, 3.65 kg, 8.37 mol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (30.86 L) and cooled to 5 °C. To it trifluoroacetic acid (6.17 L) added dropwise and stirred for 14 h allowing the reaction mixture to warm to rt. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (58 L) followed by addition of molecular sieves 4 Å (4.2 kg). To the resulting mixture 5-nitro-2-furaldehyde (1.5 kg, 10.77 mol) was added followed by sodium triacetoxyborohydride (5.32 kg, 25.1 mol) and stirred for 14 h. The reaction mixture was filtered over Celite and filtrate evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethylacetate (85.6 L) and washed with satd sodium bicarbonate solution (36 L) and water (36 L). The organic layer was dried over anhyd sodium sulfate (3 kg) and evaporated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (1–3% methanol in ethylacetate) to obtain (S)-N-[[3-[3-fluoro-4-[N-4-(5-nitro-2-furylmethyl)-piperazin-1-yl]phenyl]-2-oxo-5-oxa-zolidinyl]methyl]acetamide (39, 2.6 kg, yield 67%). Mp: 136 °C. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.42 (dd, 1H, phenyl–H), 7.29 (m, 2H, furyl–H), 7.07 (d, 1H, phenyl–H), 6.92 (t, 1H, phenyl–H), 6.51 (d, 1H, furyl–H), 6.11 (t, 1H, –NHCO–), 4.77 (m, 1H, oxazolidinone ring C₅–H), 4.01 (t, 1H), 3.85–3.45 (m, 5H), 3.09 (m, 4H, piperazine–H), 2.72 (m, 4H, piperazine–H), 2.02 (s, 3H, –COCH₃). MS m/z (rel. int.): 462.1 [(M+H)⁺, 100%], 484 [(M+Na)⁺, 25%], 500.2 [(M+K)⁺, 20%]. HPLC purity: 98%.

• Compound 39(3.6 kg, 7.81 mol) was dissolved in abs ethanol (53.8 L) by heating to 60 °C. The resulting solution was cooled to 45 °C and ethanolic hydrochloride (1.48 L, 7.9 N) was added dropwise in 10 min. The mixture was then cooled to 10 °C and stirred for 4 h and the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with ethanol and dried to obtain (S)-N-[[3-[3-fluoro-4-[N-4-(5-nitro-2-furylmethyl)-piperazin-1-yl]phenyl]-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl]-methyl]acetamide hydrochloride, ranbezolid (7, 3.2 kg, yield from 39: 82%, yield from 28a: 55%).

• Ranbezolid

• Mp: 207–209 °C.

•  ¹H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): δ 8.30 (t, 1H, –NHCO–), 7.75 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H, furyl–H), 7.52 (dd, 1H, phenyl–H), 7.3–7.0 (m, 3H, phenyl–H, furyl–H), 4.70 (m, 1H, oxazolidinone ring C₅–H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 4.08 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H, –CH₂–), 3.73 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 3.43 (br m, piperazine–H merged with H₂O in DMSO), 1.83 (s, 3H, –COCH₃).

• HPLC purity: 98%. Anal. Calcd for C₂₁H₂₅ClN₅O₆·0.5H₂O: C, 50.76; H, 5.48; N, 14.09. Anal. Found: C, 50.83; H, 5.17; N, 13.83.

References

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

Cenicriviroc

TAK-652; TBR-652

1-Benzazocine-5-carboxamide, 8-[4-(2-butoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-(2-methylpropyl)-N-[4-[[(1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]sulfinyl]phenyl]-, (5E)-

(-)-(S)-8-[4-(2-Butoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-isobutyl-N-[4-(1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-ylmethylsulfinyl)phenyl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzazocine-5-carboxamide

(S)-(−)-8-{4-[2-(Butoxy)ethoxy]phenyl}-1-isobutyl-N-(4-{[(1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]sulfinyl}phenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzazocine-5-carboxamide methanesulfonate

497223-25-3 , Molecular Formula: C41H52N4O4S   Molecular Weight: 696.94098

497223-28-6 (mesylate) ^{C41 H52 N4 O4 S . C H4 O3 S, 793.047}

Cenicriviroc (TAK-652, TBR-652) is an experimental drug candidate for the treatment of HIV infection.^[1] It is being developed by Takeda Pharmaceutical and Tobira Therapeutics.

TBR-652 (formerly TAK-652) is a highly potent and orally active CCR5 antagonist in phase II clinical trials at Takeda for the treatment of HIV infection. Tobira Therapeutics is evaluating the compound in preclinical studies for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.

TBR-652 binds CCR5 receptors to interfere with the entry of the HIV-1 virus into macrophages and activated T-cells by inhibiting fusion between viral and cellular membranes. This mechanism of action differs from currently used HIV treatments such as nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors and protease inhibitors.

In 2007, Takeda entered into an agreement with Tobira pursuant to which Tobira obtained exclusive worldwide rights to develop, manufacture and commercialize TBR-652 for the treatment of HIV infection.

Cenicriviroc is an inhibitor of CCR2 and CCR5 receptors,^[2] allowing it to function as an entry inhibitor which prevents the virus from entering into a human cell. Inhibition of CCR2 may have an anti-inflammatory effect.

A double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled clinical study to assess the antiviral activity, safety, and tolerability of cenicriviroc was conducted in 2010. HIV-infected patients taking cenicriviroc had significant reductions in viral load, with the effect persisting up to two weeks after discontinuation of treatment.^[3] Additional Phase II clinical trials are underway.^[4]

Phase IIb data presented at the 20th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections (CROI) in March 2013 showed similar viral suppression rates of 76% for patients taking 100 mg cenicriviroc, 73% with 200 mg cenicriviroc, and 71% with efavirenz. Non-response rates were higher with cenicriviroc, however, largely due to greater drop-out of patients. A new tablet formulation with lower pill burden may improve adherence. Looking at immune and inflammatory biomarkers, levels of MCP-1 increased and soluble CD14 decreased in the cenicriviroc arms.^[5]

Although HIV has been largely rendered a chronic infection, there remains a need for new drugs because of the virus’s propensity to develop resistance to the drugs used to keep it at bay.

Pfizer’s maraviroc was the first drug that acted on the cells to prevent viral entry by antagonising the CCR5 co-receptor. Several others have been investigated and have failed; another that is undergoing clinical trials is Takeda’s cenicriviroc, which has been licensed to Tobira Therapeutics. Unlike maraviroc, the new agent also acts at the CCR2 co-receptor, which is implicated in cardiovascular and metabolic diseases.

In a Phase I double blind, placebo controlled trial designed to study safety, efficacy and pharmacokinetics, treatment-experienced but CCR5 antagonist-naïve patients with HIV-1 were given doses of 25, 50, 75, 100 or 150mg of the drug, or placebo once a day for 10 days.² The maximum median reductions in HIV-1 RNA values were 0.7, 1.6, 1.8 and 1.7 log10 copies/ml for the respective doses, with a median time to nadir of 10 to 11 days. The effect on CD-4 cell counts was negligible. There was also a significant reduction in levels of monocyte chemotactic protein 1, suggesting that CCR2 was also being blocked. The drug was both generally safe and well tolerated, and no patients withdrew from the trial due to adverse events.

In another Phase I trial, designed to look at pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics and carried out in a similar patient population, subjects were given the drug as oral monotherapy for 10 days, again in doses of 25, 50, 75, 100 and 150mg, or placebo.³ The drug was well absorbed into the systemic circulation, and the concentration levels declined slowly, with meant elimination half-lives of one to two days. Potent, dose-dependent reductions in viral load were seen, and again it was generally safe and well tolerated across all levels.

In June 2011, Tobira initiated a multi-centre, double blind, double dummy, 48-week comparative Phase IIb trial in 150 patients with HIV-1 infection. Subjects are being given 100 or 200mg once-daily doses of the drug to evaluate its efficacy, safety and tolerability.

PATENTS

WO  2003014105

WO 2003076411

WO 2005116013

WO 2007144720

WO 2011163389

US 20130079233

WO 2013167743

See also

• Discovery and development of CCR5-receptor antagonists

ancriviroc (formerly known as SCH-C), vicroviroc which has the chemical name (4,6-dimethylprymidine-5-yl){4- [(3S)-4-{(1 R)-2-methoxy-1 -[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1 -yl]-4-methylpiperidin-1 – yljmethanone, PRO-140, apliviroc (formerly known as GW-873140, Ono-4128, AK-602), AMD-887, INC- B9471 , CMPD-167 which has the chemical name N-methyl-N-((1R,3S,4S)-3-[4-(3-benzyl-1-ethyl-1H- pyrazol-δ-yOpiperidin-i-ylmethylH-IS-fluorophenyllcyclopent-i-yll-D-valine), methyl1-endo-{8-[(3S)-3- (acetylamino)-3-(3-fluorophenyl)propyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl}-2-methyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1 H- imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine-5-carboxylate, methyl 3-endo-{8-[(3S)-3-(acetamido)-3-(3-fluorophenyl)propyl]-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yi}-2-methyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-3H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine-5-carboxylate, ethyl 1- endo-{8-[(3S)-3-(acetylamino)-3-(3-fiuorophenyl)propyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl}-2-methyl-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-1 H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine-5-carboxylate and N-{(1S)-3-[3-endo-(5-lsobutyryl-2-methyl-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-1-yl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-8-yl]-1-(3-fluorophenyl)propyl}acetamide) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or derivatives of the above. The last four compounds are disclosed in WO 03/084954 and WO 05/033107.

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/full/10.1021/jm0509703

Compound (S)-(−)-5b (TAK-652) also inhibited the replication of six macrophage-tropic (CCR5-using or R5) HIV-1 clinical isolates in peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) (mean IC₉₀ = 0.25 nM).

(S)-(−)-8-{4-[2-(Butoxy)ethoxy]phenyl}-1-propyl-N-(4-{[(1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]sulfinyl}phenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzazocine-5-carboxamide ((S)-(−)-5a). The 1 N HCl (160 mL) was added to 19³¹ (35.68 g, 53.4 mmol), and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. To the aqueous layer was added 25% aqueous K₂CO₃ (160 mL), and the mixture was extracted with a mixture of EtOAc and i-PrOH (4:1). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give (S)-18. To a solution of 16a (18.0 g, 41.1 mmol) and DMF (0.5 mL) in THF (180 mL) was added thionyl chloride (SOCl₂) (4.50 mL, 61.7 mmol) at room temperature. After being stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. A solution of the residue in THF (200 mL) was added dropwise to a mixture of (S)-18 and triethylamine (Et₃N) (35.0 mL, 251 mmol) in THF (150 mL) under ice cooling. After being stirred at room temperature for 4 h, water was added to the reaction mixture. The mixture was washed with 10% aqueous AcOH, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, and brine, dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on a NH silica gel (hexane/EtOAc = 1:5 → 1:8 → 1:9) to give 21.14 g (75%) of (S)-(−)-5a as a yellow amorphous powder, [α]_D = −132.5° (C = 0.507%, EtOH). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.87−1.03 (9H, m), 1.34−1.49 (2H, m), 1.50−1.85 (8H, m), 2.55−2.65 (2H, m), 3.15−3.25 (2H, m), 3.52−3.58 (4H, m), 3.75−3.83 (4H. m), 4.02 (1H, d, J = 13.8 Hz), 4.08−4.17 (3H, m), 6.56 (1H, d, J = 1.0 Hz), 6.80 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.96 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.31−7.46 (7H, m), 7.55 (1H, s), 7.76 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.98 (1H, s). Anal. (C₄₀H₅₀N₄O₄S·0.25H₂O) C, H, N.

(S)-(−)-8-{4-[2-(Butoxy)ethoxy]phenyl}-1-isobutyl-N-(4-{[(1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]sulfinyl}phenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzazocine-5-carboxamide methanesulfonate ((S)-(−)-5b). The free base of (S)-(−)-5b was prepared in 80% yield from 16band 19 by a method similar to that described for (S)-(−)-5a. To a solution of the free base of (S)-(−)-5b (64.91 g, 93.1 mmol) in EtOAc (600 mL) was added dropwise a solution of methanesulfonic acid (8.95 g, 93.1 mmol) in EtOAc (160 mL) at room temperature. After being stirred at room temperature for 4 h, the crystals were collected by filtration and washed with EtOAc to give 69.09 g (94%) of (S)-(−)-5b as yellow crystals. The crystals (68.0 g) were purified by recrystallization from 2-butanone to give 58.9 g (85%) of (S)-(−)-5b as yellow crystals, mp 145.5−147.5 °C, [α]_D = −191.2° (c = 0.508%, EtOH). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 0.82−0.97 (12H, m), 1.29−1.39 (2H, m), 1.40−1.55 (4H, m), 1.65−1.85 (2H, m), 2.00−2.25 (1H, m), 2.29 (3H,s), 2.38−2.60 (2H, m), 3.10 (2H, d, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.30−3.60 (4H, m), 3.70 (2H, t, J = 4.8 Hz), 3.98 (2H, t,J = 6.6 Hz), 4.10 (2H, t, J = 4.8 Hz), 4.34 (1H, d, J = 15.0 Hz), 4.68 (1H, d, J = 15.0 Hz), 6.87 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.99 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.16 (1H, s), 7.42−7.60 (8H, m), 7.93 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 9.05 (1H, s), 10.18 (1H, s). Anal. (C₄₂H₅₆N₄O₇S₂) C, H, N.

…………………

WO 2003014105 OR  US20090030032

http://www.google.st/patents/US20090030032?hl=pt-PT&cl=un

EXAMPLE 7 Preparation of Compounds 9 and 10

8-[4-(2-Butoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-propyl-N-[4-[[[1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl]methyl]sulfinyl]phenyl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzazocin-5-carboxamide (317 mg) was resolved by using CHIRAKCEL OJ 50 mm ID×500 mL (hexane/ethanol) to give (−)-8-[4-(2-butoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-propyl-N-[4-[[[1-propylimidazol-5-yl]methyl]sulfinyl]phenyl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzoazocine-5-carboxamide (142 mg) (Compound 9) and (+)-8-[4-(2-butoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-propyl-N-[4-[[[1-propylimidazol-5-yl]methyl]sulfinyl]phenyl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzoazocine-5-carboxamide (143 mg) (Compound 10).

Compound 9

[α]_D=−127.4° (C=0.533% in ethanol).

Compound 10

[α]_D=+121.0° (C=0.437% in ethanol).

………………………….

WO 2003076411

http://www.google.st/patents/WO2003076411A1?cl=en

http://www.google.st/patents/US20050107606?hl=pt-PT&cl=en

Example 21 (−)-8-[4-(2-Butoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-isobutyl-N-(4-{[(1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]sulfinyl}phenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzazocine-5-carboxamide

To a solution of 8-[4-(2-butoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-isobutyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzazocine-5-carboxylic acid (45 g) in tetrahydrofuran (135 ml) was added N,N-dimethylformamide (230 mg) and added dropwise thionyl chloride (12.45 g) at 10 to 15° C., and the resulting solution was stirred at the same temperature for 40 minutes to prepare an acid chloride.

Separately, to a solution of (−)-4-{[(1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]sulfinyl}phenylamine in tetrahydrofuran (270 ml) was added pyridine (27.59 g), the resulting mixture was adjusted to 5° C. or lower, and then thereto was added dropwise the acid chloride solution at 5° C. or less, and the resulting mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 2 hours. To the mixture were added water (270 ml) and 20% aqueous citric acid solution (180 ml), tetrahydrofuran was distilled off under reduced pressure and the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was sequentially washed with water, saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and water, and then the solvent was distilled off. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (360 ml), added heptane (360 ml) at 40° C. and added seed crystals of (−)-8-[4-(2-butoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-isobutyl-N-(4-{[(1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]sulfinyl}phenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzazocine-5-carboxamide (10 mg), and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours and stirred at 5° C. for 1 hour. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration to obtain 63.97 g (yield: 92.1%) of the title compound. Melting point: 120-122° C.

Elemental analysis value: in terms of C₄₁H₅₂N₄O₄S

Calcd. value: C, 70.66; H, 7.52; N, 8.04.

Analytical value: C, 70.42; H, 7.52; N, 8.01

Industrial Applicability

According to the present invention, an optically active sulfoxide derivative having CCR5 antagonism or an intermediate compound thereof can be prepared without causing side reactions such as racemization and Pummerer rearrangement. In particular, Process 7 is industrially advantageous since it is possible to prepare an optically active Compound (II) by asymmetric oxidization in the presence of an optically active acid.

Example 20 (−)-8-[4-(2-Butoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-propyl-N-(4-{[(1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]sulfinyl}phenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzazocine-5-carboxamide.methanesulfonate

According to the same method as that described in Example 15, the title compound was produced from 8-[4-(2-butoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-propyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzazocine-5-carboxylic acid and (−)-4-{[(1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]sulfinyl}phenylamine.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃, δ, 300 MHz) 0.88-1.01 (9H, m), 1.37-1.42 (2H, m), 1.57-1.80 (8H, m), 2.63 (2H, br), 2.77 (3H, s), 3.27 (2H, br), 3.51-3.57 (4H, m), 3.77-3.86 (4H, m), 3.90-4.05 (1H, m), 4.14 (2H, t, J=4.6 Hz), 4.25 (1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 6.73 (1H, s), 6.84 (1H, d, J=8.7 Hz), 6.93 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.21 (2H, d, J=8.7 Hz), 7.40-7.48 (4H, m), 7.61 (1H, s), 7.89 (2H, d, J=8.7 Hz), 8.65 (1H, s), 9.27 (1H, br)

Elemental analysis value: in terms of C₄₁H₅₄N₄O₇S₂

Calcd. value: C, 63.21; H, 6.99; N, 7.19; S, 8.23.

Analytical value: C, 63.00; H, 7.09; N, 7.41; S, 8.25

Example 15 (−)-8-[4-(2-Butoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-isobutyl-N-(4-{[(1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]sulfinyl}phenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzazocine-5-carboxamide.methanesulfonate

8-[4-(2-Butoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-isobutyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-benzazocine-5-carboxylic acid (986 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (3 ml) and thereto was added N,N-dimethylformamide (one drop). Subsequently, to the resulting solution was added dropwise oxalyl chloride (0.2 ml, 2.29 mmol) under ice-cooling and the mixture was stirred for 80 minutes under ice-cooling to prepare an acid chloride.

Separately, (−)-4-{[(1-propyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]sulfinyl}phenylamine (689 mg) was added to tetrahydrofuran (7 ml) and the resulting solution was cooled to 5° C. To the solution was added dropwise pyridine (0.62 ml) and added dropwise the acid chloride solution at 3 to 5° C., and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours under ice-cooling. To the mixture was added water (20 ml) at 10° C. or lower and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was sequentially washed with water, saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and water, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Thereto was added toluene and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Thereto was added acetonitrile and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (7 ml) and acetone (7 ml), thereto was added dropwise methanesulfonic acid (209 mg), and added seed crystals and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 100 minutes. Subsequently, to the mixture was added acetone-acetonitrile (1:1, 5 ml). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture was stirred for 2.5 hours under ice-cooling. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration and washed with the ice-cooled acetone (9 ml). The crystals were dried at 40° C. under reduced pressure to obtain 1.51 g (yield: 87%) of the title compound as yellow crystals.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆, δ): 0.78-0.96 (12H, m), 1.25-1.40 (2H, m), 1.41-1.51 (4H, m), 1.65-1.85 (2H, m), 2.05-2.15 (1H, m), 2.30 (3H, s), 2.35-2.50 (2H, m), 3.05-3.15 (2H, m), 3.30-3.55 (4H, m), 3.65-3.70 (2H, m), 3.90-4.05 (2H, m), 4.05-4.10 (2H, m), 4.30 (1H, d, J=14.73 Hz), 4.65 (1H, d, J=14.73 Hz), 6.85 (1H, d, J=8.97 Hz), 6.97 (1H, d, J=8.79 Hz), 7.17 (1H, s), 7.35-7.75 (6H, m), 7.92 (2H, d, J=8.79 Hz), 9.08 (1H, s), 10.15 (1H, s).

Elemental analysis value: in terms of C₄₁H₅₂N₄O₄S.CH₄SO₃

Calcd. value: C, 63.61; H, 7.12; N, 7.06; S, 8.09.

Found value: C, 63.65; H, 7.23; N, 7.05; S, 8.08.

………………………….

References

……………….

Chemical structures of selected small molecule CCR5 inhibitors. A. Maraviroc (MVC, Selzentry), B. Vicriviroc (VCV), C. Cenicriviroc (TBR-652), D. PF-232798.

http://www.intechopen.com/books/immunodeficiency/chemokine-receptors-as-therapeutic-targets-in-hiv-infection

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

Clinafloxacin

7-(3-Aminopyrrolidin-1-yl)-8-chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid

7-(3-Amino-1-pyrrolidinyl)-8-chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-l,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid

(±)-7-(3-Amino-1-pyrrolidinyl)-8-chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid

105956-99-8  cas no

Clinafloxacin (INN) is a fluoroquinolone antibiotic. Its use is associated with phototoxicity and hypoglycaemia.^[1]

Clinafloxacin is a novel quinolone with wide activity against the plethora of microorganisms encountered in intraabdominal infections.

Clinafloxacin is a chlorofluoroquinolone with excellent bioavailability and activity against gram-positive, gram-negative, and anaerobic pathogens . Typical MICs for α-streptococci are 0.06–0.12 µg/mL . MIC₉₀ values for methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) average 1.0 µg/mL. The MIC₉₀ for enterococci is typically 0.5 µg/mL . Both intravenous and oral formulations have been developed . Several studies have demonstrated the efficacy of clinafloxacin monotherapy for serious infections  Clinafloxacin was also active in animal models of endocarditis, including endocarditis due to ciprofloxacin-resistant S. aureus infection .

preparation process for the compound of the invention.

Example 28 7-(3-Amino-1-pyrrolidinyl)-8-chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-l,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid
• A mixture of 8-chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6,7-difluoro-1,4-di- hydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid (0.6 g), anhydrous acetonitrile (6 ml), 3-aminopyrrolidine (0.35 g) and DBU (0.31 g) was refluxed for an hour. Then, 3-aminopyrrolidine (0.2 g) was more added and further refluxed for 2 hours. After cooling, the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration, dissolved in water (9 ml) containing sodium hydroxide (0.12 g) and neutralized with acetic acid. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with water and acetonitrile successively to give the title compound (0.52 g) as colorless powder, mp 237-238 °C (decompd.).
• Analysis (%) for C₁₇H₁₇ClFN₃O₃·H2O, Calcd. (Found): C, 53.20 (52.97); H, 4.99 (4.62); N, 10.95 (10.83).

Example 29 7-(3-Amino-1-pyrrolidinyl)-8-chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-l,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid hydrochloride

• To a suspension of 7-(3-amino-1-pyrrolidinyl)-8-chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid (100 mg) in ethanol (2 ml) was added 0.2 ml of ethanol solution of hydrogen chloride (7.0 mmol HC1/ml) and then the mixture was concentrated. The resulting residue was recrystallized from methanol to give the title compound (79 mg) as light yellow prisms, mp 263-265 °C (decompd.).
• Analysis (%) for C₁₇H₁₇ClFN₃O₃.HCl, Calcd. (Found): C, 50.76 (50.50); H, 4.51 (4.44); N, 10.45 (10.38).

…………………..

J. Med. Chem., 23, 1358 (1980)

• structural formula D

  may be readily prepared from the known starting material methyl 5-oxo-l-(phenylmethyl)-3-pyrrolidinecarboxylate, A, [J. Org. Chem., 26, 1519 (1961)] by the following reaction sequence.
• The compound wherein R₃ is hydrogen, namely 3-pyrrolidinemethanamine, has been reported in J. Org. Chem., 26, 4955 (1961).

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 1988 ,  vol. 31, p. 983 – 991

 

References

	Examples of
	reported trade
	names for products
	containing the 6-
6-Fluoroquinolin-	fluoroquinolin-
4(1H)-one	4(1H)-one	Structure
amifloxacin
balofloxacin
ciprofloxacin	Cipro®, Ciprobay, & Ciproxin
clinafloxacin
danofloxacin	Advocin & Advocid
difloxacin	Dicural® & Vetequinon
enrofloxacin	Baytril®
fleroxacin	Megalone
flumequine	Flubactin
garenoxacin
gatifloxacin	Tequin® & Zymar®
grepafloxacin	Raxar
ibafloxacin
levofloxacin	Levaquin®, Gatigol, Tavanic, Lebact, Levox, & Cravit
lomefloxacin	Maxaquin®
marbofloxacin	Marbocyl® & Zenequin
moxifloxacin	Avelox® & Vigamox®
nadifloxacin	Acuatin, Nadoxia, & Nadixa
norfloxacin	Noroxin®, Lexinor, Quinabic, & Janacin
ofloxacin	Floxin®, Oxaldin, & Tarivid
orbifloxacin	Orbax® & Victas
pazufloxacin
pefloxacin
pradofloxacin
prulifloxacin
rufloxacin	Uroflox
sarafloxacin	Floxasol, Saraflox, Sarafin
sitafloxacin
sparfloxacin	Zagam
temalioxacin	Omniflox

enoxacin	Penetrex & Enroxil
gemifloxacin	Factive
tosufloxacin
trovafloxacin	Trovan

www.simplesharebuttons.comShare:

PRULIFLOXACIN

(RS)-6-Fluoro-1-methyl-7-[4-(5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl-1-piperazinyl]-4-oxo-4H-[1,3]thiazeto[3,2-a]quinoline-3-carboxylic acid

6-Fluoro-1-methyl-7-(4-(5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxelen-4-yl)methyl-1-piperazinyl)-4-oxo-4H-(1,3)thiazeto(3,2-a)quinoline-3-carboxylic acid

123447-62-1 CAS NO

Launched – 2002 BY NIPPON SHINYAKU

SYNTHESIS…….http://www.drugfuture.com/synth/syndata.aspx?ID=151640

Prulifloxacin is an older synthetic chemotherapeutic antibiotic of the fluoroquinolone drug class^[1][2] undergoing clinical trials prior to a possible NDA (New Drug Application) submission to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). It is a prodrug which is metabolized in the body to the active compound ulifloxacin.^[3][4] It was developed over two decades ago by Nippon Shinyaku Co. and was patented in Japan in 1987 and in the United States in 1989.^[5][6]

It has been approved for the treatment of uncomplicated and complicated urinary tract infections, community-acquired respiratory tract infections in Italy and gastroenteritis, including infectious diarrheas, in Japan.^[3][7] Prulifloxacin has not been approved for use in the United States.

Prulifloxacin is a novel fluoroquinolone antibiotic that was launched pursuant to a collaboration between Meiji Seika and Nippon Shinyaku in 2002 for the oral treatment of systemic bacterial infections, including acute upper respiratory tract infection, bacterial pneumonia, prostatitis, cholecystitis, bacterial enteritis, internal genital infections, otitis media, sinusitis and others. It is currently marketed in a tablet formulation. A once-daily formulation to be taken over a three-day period is in phase III clinical trials at Optimer Pharmaceuticals to be used in the treatment of bacterial gastroenteritis, including traveler’s diarrhea. The formulation had been in phase II trials at the company for the treatment of urinary tract infections, however, no recent development for this indication have been reported. The drug has also been studied at Optimer for the treatment of community-acquired respiratory tract infections, but recent progress reports for this indication have not been made available.

Prulifloxacin has in vitro activity against a wide range of gram-negative and gram-positive microorganisms. Its antibacterial action results from inhibition of DNA gyrase and topoisomerase IV, both Type II isomerases. DNA gyrase is an essential enzyme that is involved in the replication, transcription, and repair of bacterial DNA. Topoisomerase IV is an enzyme known to play a key role in the partitioning of the chromosomal DNA during bacterial cell division. Together, the Type II topoisomerases remove the positive supercoils that accumulate ahead of a translocating DNA polymerase, allowing DNA replication to continue unhindered by topological strain. Fluoroquinolones may be active against pathogens that are resistant to penicillins, cephalosporins, aminoglycosides, macrolides and tetracyclines, as they possess a distinct mechanism of action from these antibiotics.

Prulifloxacin was discovered by Nippon Shinyaku and codeveloped with Meiji Seika in Japan. Nippon Shinyaku granted Angelini a manufacturing and marketing license for Italy in 1993. Exclusive Korean manufacturing and commercialization rights were acquired by Yuhan from Nippon Shinyaku in March 2003. In June 2004, Optimer was granted exclusive development and commercialization rights to prulifloxacin in the U.S. from Nippon Shinyaku. Finally, Recordati signed a nonexclusive licensing agreement with Angelini for the marketing and sale of prulifloxacin in Spain in October 2004. In March 2009, the product was licensed to Lee’s Pharmaceuticals by Nippon Shinyaku for marketing in China as an oral treatment of bacterial infection. In 2010, prulifloxacin was licensed to Algorithm by Nippon Shinyaku in North Africa and the Middle East for the development and marketing for the treatment of bacterial infections.

History

In 1987 a European Patent (EP 315828) for prulifloxacin (Quisnon ) was issued to the Japanese based pharmaceutical company, Nippon Shinyaku Co., Ltd (Nippon). Ten years after the issuance of the European patent, marketing approval was applied for and granted in Japan (March 1997). Subsequent to being approved by the Japanese authorities in 1997 prulifloxacin (Quisnon) was co-marketed and jointly developed in Japan with Meiji Seika as licensee (Sword).^[6]

In more recent times, Angelini ACRAF SpA, under license from Nippon Shinyaku, has fully developed prulifloxacin, for the European market.^[8] Angelini is the licensee for the product in Italy. Following its launch in Italy, Angelini launched prulifloxacin in Portugal (January 2007) and it has been stated that further approvals will be sought in other European countries.^[9][10]

Prulifloxacin is marketed in Japan and Italy as Quisnon (Nippon Shinyaku); Sword (Meiji); Unidrox (Angelini) and generic as Pruquin.

In 1989 and 1992 United States patents (US 5086049) were issued to Nippon Shinyaku for prulifloxacin. It was not until June 2004, when Optimer Pharmaceuticals acquired exclusive rights to discover, develop and commercialize prulifloxacin (Pruvel) in the U.S. from Nippon Shinyaku Co., Ltd., that there were any attempts to seek FDA approval to market the drug in the United States. Optimer Pharmaceuticals expects to file an NDA (new drug application) for prulifloxacin some time in 2010. As the patent for prulifloxacin has already expired, Optimer Pharmaceuticals has stated that this may have an effect on the commercial prospects of prulifloxacin within the United States market.^[11]

Licensed uses

Prulifloxacin has been approved in Italy ,Japan,China,India and Greece (as indicated), for treatment of infections caused by susceptible bacteria, in the following conditions:

Italy

• Acute uncomplicated lower urinary tract infections (simple cystitis)
• Complicated lower urinary tract infections
• Acute exacerbation of chronic bronchitis

Japan

• Gastroenteritis, including infectious diarrheas

Other countries

• Prulifloxacin has not been approved for use in the United States, but may have been approved in other Countries, other than that which is indicated above.

Availability

Prulifloxacin is available as:

• Tablets (250 mg, 450 mg or 600 mg)

In most countries, all formulations require a prescription.

Prulifloxacin is chemically known as 6-fluoro-1-methyl-7-{4-[(5-methyl-2-oxo-1 ,3-dioxol- 4-yl)methyl]piperazin-1-yl}-4-oxo-4H-[1 ,3]-thiazeto-[3,2-a]-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid, and it has the structure as shown below as formula I:

FORMULA I

Prulifloxacin has significant antibacterial activity and has been marketed as a synthetic antibacterial agent.

Prulifloxacin was first disclosed in US 5,086,049. The patent discloses a process for the preparation of prulifloxacin by the condensation of ulifloxacin with a 4-halomethyl-5- methyl-1 ,3-dioxolen-2-one of formula III

wherein X is halo selected form chloro, bromo or iodo, in the presence or absence of an aprotic solvent and a base to obtain prulifloxacin free base which is recrytallised with chloroform-methanol. In an exemplified process, ethyl 6,7-difluoro-1-methyl-4-oxo-4H- (1 ,3)-thiazeto-(3,2-a)-quinoline-3-carboxylate is condensed with piperazine in the presence of dimethyl formamide and purified by column chromatography followed by basic hydrolysis to give ulifloxacin, which is then converted to prulifloxacin.

The above process involves column chromatography. Prulifloxacin prepared by this method has a purity of 60-65% containing impurities in unacceptable levels. Removal of these impurities by usual purification procedures, such as recrystallisation, distillation and washing, is difficult and requires extensive and expensive multiple purification processes. This further decreases the overall yield. A method involving column chromatographic purifications and multiple purifications cannot be used for large-scale operations, thereby making the process commercially non-viable.

European Patent No. 315828 disclosed a variety of quinoline carboxylic acid derivatives and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. These compounds are exhibiting antibacterial activity and useful as remedies for various infectious diseases. Among them prulifloxacin, chemically (+)-6-Fluoro- 1 -methyl-7-[4-(5-methyl-2-oxo-1 ,3-dioxolen-4-ylmethyl)-1 -piperazinyl]-4-oxo-4H- [1 ,3]thiazeto[3,2-a]quinoline-3-carboxylic acid is a fluoroquinolone antibacterial prodrug which shows potent and broad-spectrum antibacterial activity both in vitro and in vivo. Prulifloxacin also showed superior activity against strains of Enterobacteriaceae and Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Prulifloxacin is represented by the following structure:

Processes for the preparation of prulifloxacin and related compounds were disclosed in European Patent No. 315828 and UK Patent Application No. GB 2190376.

In – the preparation of prulifloxacin, 6-fluoro-1-methyl-4-oxo-7-(1- piperazinyl)-4H-[1 ,3]thiazeto[3,2-a]quinoline-3-carboxylic acid of formula I:

is a key intermediate. According to the UK Patent Application No. GB 2190376, the compound of the formula I was prepared by the reaction of 3,4-difluroaniline with carbon disulfide and triethylamine to give triethylammonium N-(3,4- difluorophenyl)dithio carbamate, which by reaction with ethyl chloroformate and triethylamine in chloroform is converted into 3,4-difluorophenyl isothiocyanate, followed by reaction with diethyl malonate and KOH in dioxane affords the potassium salt, which is then treated with methoxymethyl chloride in dimethylformamide to give diethyl 1-(3,4-difluorophenylamino)-1- (methoxymethylthio)-rnethylene-rnalonate. The cyclization of the thio compound at 240⁰C in diphenyl ether affords ethyl 6,7-difluoro-4-hydroxy-2- methoxymethylthioquinoline-3-carboxylate, which by treatment with HCI in ethanol gives ethyl δy-difluoro^-hydroxy^-mercaptoquinoline-S-carboxylate. The cyclization of the mercapto compound with 1,1-dibromoethane by means of potassium carbonate and potassium iodide in hot dimethylformamide yields ethyl 6,7-difluoro-1-methyl-4-oxo-4H-[1 ,3]thiazeto[3,2-a]quinoline-3-carboxylate, which is condensed with piperazine in dimethylformamide to afford ethyl 6- fluoro-1-methyl-4-oxo-7-(1-piperazinyl)-4H-[1 ,3]thiazeto[3,2-a]quinoline-3- carboxylate, which is then subjected to hydrolysis with potassium hydroxide in hot tert-butanol to give the compound of formula I.

The compound of formula I obtained by the process described in the UK Patent Application No. GB 2190376 is not satisfactory from purity point of view, the reaction between ethyl 6,7-difluoro-1-methyl-4-oxo-4H-[1 ,3]thiazeto[3,2- a]quinoline-3-carboxylate and piperazine requires longer time about 48 hours to complete, the yield obtained is not satisfactory, and the process also involves column chromatographic purifications. Methods involving column chromatographic purifications cannot be used for large-scale operations, thereby making the process commercially not viable. According to the European Patent No. 315828, prulifloxacin is prepared by reacting 6-fluoro-1-methyl-4-oxo-7-(1-piperazinyl)-4H-[1 ,3]thiazeto[3,2-a] quinoline-3-carboxylic acid with 4-bromomethyl-5-methyl-1 ,3-dioxolen-2-one in presence of potassium bicarbonate in dimethylformamide. However, a need still remains for an improved and commercially viable process of preparing pure prulifloxacin that will solve the aforesaid problems associated with process described in the prior art and will be suitable for large- scale preparation, in terms of simplicity, purity and yield of the product.

Prulifloxacin is chemically 6-fluoro-l-methyl-7-{4-[(5-methyl-2-oxo-l,3-dioxol-4- yl)methyl]piperazin-l-yl}-4-oxo-4H-[l,3]thiazeto[3,2-α]quinoline-3-carboxylic acid of Formula I having the structure as depicted below: